Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual PDF
Navigation Manual
2020 TLX
The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd., reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.
Accessories Precautions
The GPS antenna is located in the dashboard. Metallic front or side window tinting can seriously degrade or obstruct GPS reception.
Signal noise from devices such as radar detectors, vehicle tracking devices, remote starters, and additional amplifiers can disrupt the navigation system. If you install any such item, install it away from the navigation display and antenna.
Important Safety Information
Avoid focusing on the screen or manually operating the system controls while driving.
Enter information before you begin driving or when stopped. As you drive, listen to the audible instructions and use voice commands when possible. Pull to the side of the road if you need more time to look at the screen or operate the controls.
Route guidance may conflict with street closures, road construction, detours, and out-of-date map data.
The system itself may also have limitations. Verify route information by carefully observing roads, signs, and signals. Always use your own judgment and obey traffic laws.
2 System Limitations P. 366
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in Navigation Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
3 WARNING Using the navigation system while driving can take your attention away from the road, causing a crash in which you could be seriously injured or killed.
Only operate system controls when the conditions permit you to safely do so.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 0
00X31-TZ3-8500 2020 TLX Navigation Manual NM-10232
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 1
Contents Quick Reference Guide
Start-up 20 Voice Control System 22 Interface Settings 26 Personal Information 37 Routing 49 Guidance 58 Map 65 Customized Features 78 Data Reset 111 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM 112
2 Navigation P. 113 Entering a Destination 114 Calculating the Route 139 Driving to Your Destination 142 Map/Route Menu 149 Changing Your Route 162 Changing Your Destination 176 Resuming Your Trip 179
2 Audio P. 181 Audio System 182 Audio Remote Controls 186 Audio Settings 188 Playing FM/AM Radio 191 Playing SiriusXM Radio 196 Playing a Disc 210 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio 217 Playing an iPod 230 Playing Pandora*1 240 Playing a USB Flash Drive 243 Playing Bluetooth Audio 249 Playing Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM 252
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 263 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink 264 Text/E-mail Message 295 Roadside Assistance 302 HFL Menus 303
2 AcuraLink Messages P. 307 AcuraLink 308
2 Other Features P. 319 Trip Computer 320 Information Functions 321 Surround View Camera* 322 Troubleshooting 344
2 Troubleshooting P. 347 Troubleshooting 348 Error Messages 355
2 Reference Information P. 363 System Initialization 364 System Limitations 366 Client Assistance 368 Legal Information 371
2 Voice Commands P. 389 Voice Commands 390
P. 2
System Setup P. 19
Navigation P. 113
Audio P. 181
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 263
AcuraLink Messages P. 307
Other Features P. 319
Troubleshooting P. 347
Reference Information P. 363
Voice Commands P. 389
Index P. 393
2
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 2
Quick Reference Guide
OverviewFunctions at a Glance Navigation You can select any place/landmark as a destination by using voice control or the Interface Dial. The navigation
system gives you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination.
Store home address (P44) Register 1 home address.
Track route (P142) Follow your route in real-time with voice guidance.
AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM (P159)
Bypass congestion and traffic incidents.
Subscription service
Store contacts (P38) Store up to 200 contacts in 2 address books.
Enter destination (P114) Select your destination using 13 methods.
Select route (P141) Set route preferences and select one of 3 routes.
Avoid certain areas (P56) Set streets and areas to detour around.
Add waypoints (P164) Add up to 4 pit stops along your route.
3
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 3
Audio The advanced audio system provides clear, well-defined sound, and makes the most of your music. Enjoy listening to a variety of audio sources, such as:
FM/AM Radio (P191)
SiriusXM Radio (P196)
Compact Disc (P210)
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) (P217)
iPod (P230)
Internet Radio (P240)
Bluetooth Audio (P249)
USB Flash Drive (P243)
Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM (P252)
AcuraLink (P308)
AcuraLink provides you with important information and messages between your vehicle and Acura.
Voice Control (P22)
Use voice commands for safer system control while driving. You can operate all key functions of the navigation, audio, and Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (P264)
Pair a compatible mobile phone to receive incoming and make outgoing calls. You can operate the phone features without ever taking your hands off the wheel.
4
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 4
System Controls
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Navigation Screen
Audio Navigation
Voice Control Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
lh SMARTPHONE Button (P252)
lb Microphone (P264)
lc Left Selector Wheel (P186)
5 Interface Dial/ ENTER/MENU Button (P7)
4 BACK Button
6 INFO Button
le (Pick-Up) Button (P264) 7 SETTINGS Button
3 CAMERA Button
1 PHONE Button (P264)
lf (Hang-Up/Back) Button (P264)
lg (Talk) Button (P6)
8 (Display Mode) Button (P70)
ld SOURCE Button (P186)
2 (Power) Button/ Volume Knob
0 (Eject) Button
9 NAV Button
5
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 5
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Basic Operation Audio MenuSource
Select to change an audio source.
You can change the position of lists.
Select to display the menu lists.
FM/AM/SiriusXM/Pandora*
:
CD/HDD/USB flash drive/Bluetooth Audio :
:
iPod
:
:
Select the station (Pandora*). Select the category or the channel (SiriusXM).
Select to search the selected band for a station with a strong signal. (FM/AM)
Skip the current song (Pandora*).
Select to skip to the next folder and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder (except audio CDs).
Select to change tracks. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.
Select to change tracks. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track. Pause or play a song file.
Select to listen to a preset station. Select and hold the preset icon to store the station.
Select Tune.
Select .
Pandora is available on U.S. models only.*:
Turn the preset page (FM/AM/SiriusXM). Pause or play a storing broadcast (SiriusXM) or a song (Pandora*).
:
:
6
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 6
Voice Control Operation
Voice Portal Screen
a Press and release the (Talk) button mounted on the steering wheel. The system displays voice commands that can be accepted on the displayed screen.
The system beeps when ready for a command. Press the (Hang-Up/ Back) button to cancel.
Available voice commands are highlighted on the screen. Say only and exactly what is on the screen.
b Say a voice command. After that, follow the voice prompt and say a voice command.
The audio system is muted during voice control mode.
You can use other voice commands on the Voice Portal screen. The system recognizes only certain commands. Available navigation voice commands (P390)
Say Voice Help to enter supported commands for the current screen. A voice help tutorial is also available. Voice Help (P15)
During the voice control mode, press and hold the (Hang-Up/Back) button to return to the last screen before the voice control mode is entered.
Set Voice Prompt to Off to bypass the voice prompt. Voice Recognition Settings (P24)
Carefully read the usage note for the voice control. Voice Control System (P22)
7
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 7
Interface Dial/ENTER/MENU Button Operation
Rotate dial
Changes scale Map screens
Press ENTER/MENU
Shows Menu screen Selects function Selects map icon Map screens
Move
up down left rightHighlights menu options Menu screens
Selects highlighted option Menu screens
Selecting Icon
You will see these icons in each chapter. They represent how you can operate the Interface Dial.
Move up Move left Move right
Scrolls map (8 directions) Map screens
Selects labeled function Moves between pages of a list Menu screens
Rotate dial
Press ENTER/ MENU
Move down
8
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 8
How to Enter Information You can enter information (e.g., city names, street names, personal names, and business names comprising letters, numbers, and symbols) when prompted on the input screen.
Using the keyboard displayed on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Select the desired character.
Select to display upper/lower case characters.
Select to display symbols and accented characters.
Select Space to enter a space character.
Select to remove the last entered character.
Select Search to start searching (when available).
Select OK to finish entering.
Certain screen functions are limited or inoperable while the vehicle is moving. For these functions, use available voice commands or pull over to proceed.
Number of Hits
On input search screens, the number of hits in the map database is displayed.
Rotate to select an appropriate entry.
Navigation screenOn Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM
9
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 9
Map Screen Legend
Golf course
GPS signal strength
Best reception
Feature areas
Park
Streets
Map scale (P154)
No icon: Poor/No reception
Good reception
Hospital Shopping mall
Airport
Body of water Cemetery University
Current street nameCurrent vehicle position (P152)
Freeway/highway
State route
Road
One-way street
Acura dealer
AcuraLink Message icon (P14)
AcuraLink signal indicator (P317)
Landmark icons (P67)
Honda dealer (U.S.)
Honda dealer (Canada)
School Parking lot
Gas station
Hospital
Post office
Restaurant
Freeway exit information (U.S.) / Highway exit information (Canada)
Parking garage
Grocery store
Hotel/Lodging
ATM
Map orientation (P72)
North up
Current map scale
Heading up
3D map
State line
Industrial complex Military base
Unverified road
Scenic road
10
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 10
During Route Guidance During route guidance, route information is displayed on the map screen and guidance screen.
Press the NAV button to toggle the map, guidance screen, direction list, and Navigation Menu while on a route. When not on a route, the NAV button will toggle between the map and the Navigation Menu.
Map Screen
Guidance Screen
Guide to destination or waypoint
Estimated time to destination (waypoint)
Distance to destination (waypoint) Distance of the actual route. Waypoint (P164)
Tracking dots (P146)
Next guidance indicator Distance to the next guidance point. Calculated route (unverified roads) (P144)
Destination icon
Calculated route (P142)
Guide to destination or waypoint
Estimated time to destination (waypoint)
Distance to destination (waypoint) Distance of the actual route.
Guidance point
No entry icon
Guidance indicator Street name of guidance point, distance to the guidance point, and exit number. Lane guidance
Day or Night Mode Press the (Display mode) button to manually switch between day and night mode.
Turn-by-Turn Directions The next guidance point appears on the multi-information display.
Day mode Night mode
Multi-information Display
Remaining distance
Street name of next guidance point
Next driving maneuver is approaching
Q u
ick R efe
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 11
NavigationHome Address and Going Home The Home feature automatically routes you to your home address from any location simply by selecting Go Home.
11
ren ce G
u id
e
Storing Your Home Address
a Press the SETTINGS button.
b Rotate to select Navigation Settings. Press .
c Rotate to select Edit Go Home.
Press .
d Rotate to select Name. Press .
e Enter a name. Select OK.
f Rotate to select Address. Press .
g Enter an address. Select OK.
h Rotate to select Phone No. Press .
i Enter a phone number. Select OK.
j Rotate to select Save / Delete. Press .
k Rotate to select Save. Press .
Going Home
a From the map screen, press .
b Rotate to select Go Home. Press .
c Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press .
12
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 12
NavigationEntering a Destination Enter your destination using one of several methods, follow the route guidance on the map or the guidance screen to your destination.
a From the map screen, press .
b Rotate to select Address. Press .
c Rotate to select Street. Press .
d Enter the name of your destination street. Select Search.
e Rotate to select your destination street from the list. Press .
f Enter the street number. Select Search.
g Rotate to select your destination street number from the list. Press .
h If there is more than one city with the specified street, a list of cities will be displayed. Rotate to select the desired city from the list. Press .
i Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press . Route guidance to the destination begins.
View Routes: Choose one of three routes.
Route Preference: Choose Max or Min for the five settings.
Q u
ick R efe
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 13
NavigationChanging Route or Destination You can alter your route by adding waypoints to visit, adding streets to avoid, or changing your destination during route guidance.
13
ren ce G
u id
e
Adding a Waypoint (Pit Stop) You can add up to four waypoints along your route. (P164)
a From the map screen, press .
b Move or to select Map/Route.
c Rotate to select Destination List. Press .
d Rotate to select Add New Destination. Press .
e Rotate to select Find Along Route. Press .
f Rotate to select location and search method. Press .
Search Around: Search around a location.
Search Along: Search between two locations.
Changing Your Destination There are several methods you can use to specify a new destination during route guidance.
Selecting an icon on the map (P177) Scroll the map to position the cursor over a place/landmark icon or a new area on the map. Press twice.
Entering a new destination (P178) Press . Move to select Destination and enter a new destination.
g Select the icon category and location to add to the Destination List when prompted. Edit the order of destinations if necessary.
h Rotate to select Options. Press .
i Rotate to select Start Route. Press .
Canceling Your Route
a Press .
b Move or to select Map/Route.
c Rotate to select Cancel Route. Press .
14
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 14
AcuraLink AcuraLink Messages AcuraLink provides a direct communication link between you and Acura. It sends and receives several kinds of messages through the Acura server.
Traffic Information*/AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM*
Displays continuously updated traffic information and recalculates your route in response to traffic flow, incidents, or road closures. (P159)
The following features are available:
Vehicle feature guide
Operating quick tips
Safety and maintenance information
Diagnostic information
Dealer appointment and maintenance reminders
Traffic information available
Traffic information off or map scale too large
No icon: Out of coverage area
Traffic incident icons
Traffic status indicator (P159)
Traffic flow indicator Congestion
Incident
Weather Heavy Moderate
Free-flow
Construction
Road Closed
NOTE: AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM is a subscription service. For more information, contact an Acura dealer or visit www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink.
Canadian models
Q u
ick R efe
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 15
Voice Help This navigation system comes with voice help, which shows you what command to say when using the voice command functions.
15
ren ce G
u id
e
Command Help
a Press and release the (Talk) button.
b Say Voice Help.
The voice help screen is displayed. The Voice Help command is available on most screens.
c Say one of the options from the list of list of available commands by category (e.g., Navigation Commands).
d The system displays a list of all available commands for the category. Press to hear the list read aloud.
Voice Recognition Guide
a Say Voice Recognition Guide on the voice help screen.
For Voice Settings. (P390)
b The system reads the tips for the voice control.
Rotate to read the tips.
Move or to display the previous/next page.
* Not available on all models
16
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 16
Troubleshooting For more Information (P347)
Why does the vehicle position icon on the map lag a short distance behind my actual position, especially at intersections?
This is normal. The navigation system is unaware of the width of intersections. Large differences in vehicle position can indicate a temporary loss of the GPS signal.
Why does the time to destination display sometimes increase even though I am getting closer to my destination?
The time to destination is based on your actual road speed and traffic conditions to give you a better estimate of arrival time.
How do I specify a destination when an entered city or street could not be found?
Try entering the street first. Some cities are lumped in with a major metro area. In rural unverified areas or new subdivisions, streets may be missing or only partially numbered.
How do I turn on the navigation system voice guidance?
Press the SETTINGS button. Select Navigation Settings and press . Move to select Guidance. Select Guidance Volume and press . Adjust to the preferred volume level.
My battery was disconnected or went dead and the navigation system is asking for a code. Where do I find it?
In most cases, you do not need to enter a code. Simply press and hold the (Power) button for two seconds, the system should reactivate.
2 System Initialization P. 364
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 17
17
How to Use This Manual This section explains different methods on how you can easily find information in this manual.
Searching the Table of Contents (P1)
Find the general chapter related to what you are looking for (e.g., entering a destination from the Address Book). Go to that chapter to view a more specific table of contents.
Searching the Index (P393)
This more detailed table of contents shows you exactly what information is listed by section and title.
The Index consists of main terms and sub-entries. The sub-entries help you get to the desired page depending on what you are looking for.
Table of Contents Chapter Contents
Navigation Screen Index
There is a Table of Contents and a more detailed Chapter Contents to help find the desired information.
Menu items displayed on the navigation screen (e.g., Address Book) can be found individually in the Index.
More Detailed Contents
Go to the Next page
18
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 18
Press the hard button on the system control panel.
Menu Tree
The menu tree helps guide you through the systems menu options. To get to your desired function, follow the menu tree in order of the steps displayed.
All menu options can also be activated with voice commands.
Press .
Select the menu option with the Interface Dial.
After following the menu tree, step-by-step instructions explain how to achieve the desired result.
Sample pages and images in this section may differ from the actual ones.
Rotate to select Address Book. Press .
ENTER/MENU button Address Book
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 19
System Setup
This section describes the start-up procedure and the navigation and setup functions.
19
Start-up ................................................... 20 Voice Control System ............................. 22
Command Input .................................... 22 Voice Recognition .................................. 23 Voice Recognition Settings ..................... 24 Siri Eyes Free ........................................ 25
Interface Settings ................................... 26 Personal Information.............................. 37
Address Book......................................... 38 Home Address ....................................... 44 PIN Numbers .......................................... 45 Previous Destination............................... 46 Category History .................................... 47 Download POI........................................ 48
Routing .....................................................49 Route Preference ....................................50 Unverified Routing ..................................52 Traffic Rerouting .....................................54 Edit POI Search Radius Along Route ........55 Avoided Area..........................................56
Guidance ..................................................58 Guidance Mode ......................................59 Street Name Guidance*1..........................61 Non-map Screens....................................62 Guidance Point .......................................63 Estimated Time .......................................64
Map...........................................................65 Showing Icons on Map ...........................67
Color ..................................................... 69 View (Map Orientation) .......................... 72 3D Angle Adjustment............................. 73 Straight Line Guide ................................ 74 Display Tracking ..................................... 75 Correct Vehicle Position ......................... 77
Customized Features .............................. 78 Data Reset ............................................. 111
Defaulting All the Settings.................... 111 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ......... 112
Changing the Screen Settings .............. 112
*1: Available only on U.S. models.
20
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 20
Start-up
1 Start-up
If the navigation system loses power at any time, you may need to press and hold the (Power) button for more than two seconds, or you may be prompted for the five-digit security code.
2 System Initialization P. 364
At start-up, the drivers keyless access remote is automatically detected and the address book settings, setup preferences, wallpapers, and audio settings for that driver (e.g., Driver 1) are loaded.
OK on the Confirmation screen cannot be selected by using a voice command.
The navigation system starts automatically when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON. At start-up, the following Confirmation screen is displayed.
1. Press to continue. u If you do not press , the map
screen is displayed after a certain period of time.
u Your current position is displayed on the map screen.
2. Press the NAV button if a different mode is selected. u Your current position is
displayed on the map screen.
uuStart-upu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 21
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option using the Interface Dial until the vehicle is stopped.
Voice commands are still operable while the vehicle is in motion.
Limitations for Manual Operation
Disabled option
21
22
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 22
Voice Control System
1 Voice Control System
The system displays voice commands that can be accepted on the displayed screen. Say only and exactly what is on the screen.
1 Command Input
The audio system is muted while using the voice control system.
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation of most of the navigation system functions. The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (Hang-Up/Back) buttons on the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling. A Getting Started feature provides a tutorial that explains how to use the voice control system.
2 Voice Recognition Guide P. 15
Command Input If the system does not understand a command or you wait too long to give a command, the system asks you to repeat the command. When you give a command, the system generally either repeats the command as a confirmation or asks you for further information. If you do not wish to hear this feedback, you can turn it off. However, listening to the feedback will help familiarize you with the way the system expects commands to be phrased. If the system cannot perform a command or the command is not appropriate for the screen you are on, the system beeps. On character input screens, a list of possible characters is displayed if the system does not recognize your command. You can find out which voice commands are available for a particular screen using the Voice Help command. The system will display and read the list of available commands to you.
2 Voice Help P. 15
uuVoice Control SystemuVoice Recognition System
Setu p
1 Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the drivers seat because the microphone unit removes noises from the front passengers side.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 23
Voice Recognition To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the navigation voice control system: Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using. The system recognizes only certain commands. Available navigation voice command
2 Voice Commands P. 390
Close the windows and moonroof. Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling. Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words. Reduce any background noise and the climate controls fan speed if possible. The
system may misinterpret your command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
Refer to the Voice Help feature. 2 Voice Help P. 15
23
24
uuVoice Control SystemuVoice Recognition Settings
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 24
Voice Recognition Settings H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Voice Reco.
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Voice Prompt: Turns the voice prompt on or off.
On (factory default): Provides the voice prompts. Off: Disables the feature.
Song By Voice: Turns the Song By VoiceTM on or off. 2 Settings Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 236
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification: Modifies a voice command of music stored in the HDD or an iPod.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 238
Phonebook Phonetic Modification: Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 277
Guidance Volume: Adjusts the voice prompt volume level. 2 Sound and Beep Settings P. 27
uuVoice Control SystemuSiri Eyes Free System
Setu p
1 Siri Eyes Free
iPhone and Siri are trademarks of Apple, Inc.
Siri Eyes Free is available only on iPhone with iOS 6.0 and above.
Some commands work only on specific phone features or apps.
Some features may not be available for all countries or all areas. For details about Siri, refer to http:// www.apple.com.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Eyes Free mode while operating a vehicle.
On Siri Eyes Free, the display remains the same and no feedback or commands appear.
While using Siri, you cannot operate the system with the built-in voice recognition.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 25
Siri Eyes Free When your compatible iPhone is paired and linked to the system via Bluetooth, you can say Siri-related commands. Make sure Siri on your iPhone is turned on.
2 Pairing a Phone P. 267
1. Press and hold the (Talk) button for more than two seconds until you hear the Siri tone.
2. Talk to Siri. u When you hear the Siri tone,
you can continue to respond without pressing any button. If the Siri tone times out, you have to press and hold the (Talk) button again to reactivate Siri Eyes Free.
u Press the (Hang-Up/ Back) button to cancel Siri Eyes Free.
25
26
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 26
Interface Settings
1 Navigation Screen Settings
You can set separate daytime and nighttime settings for Brightness, Contrast, and Black Level. Adjust each setting when the display is in either daytime or nighttime mode.
Navigation Screen Settings H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Display
Adjusts the screens preferences. 1. Rotate to select an item. Press
. 2. Rotate to make the
adjustment. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Sync Display Brightness: Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes
with the instrument panel brightness. Brightness: Adjusts the screens brightness. Contrast: Adjusts the screens contrast. Black Level: Adjusts the screens black level.
uu Interface SettingsuSound and Beep Settings System
Setu p
1 Sound and Beep Settings
Guidance Volume If you set Guidance Volume to 0, you will not hear route guidance or voice command confirmations. You can also adjust Guidance Volume by rotating the volume knob while the route guidance or voice command confirmations is announced.
If you then select Repeat Guidance in the Map/ Route Menu, you will hear route guidance at the default volume.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 27
Sound and Beep Settings H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Feedback
Changes the system sound and beep settings. Rotate to select an item. Press
.
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Guidance Volume: Adjusts the navigation system volume level. Verbal Reminder: Turns the verbal reminders on and off.
On: Sets the verbal reminders. Off: Disables the feature.
27
28
uu Interface SettingsuClock Adjustment
System Setu
p
1 Clock Adjustment
Auto Time Zone If you live and work in two different time zones, you may want to turn Auto Time Zone to OFF. When driving near a time zone boundary, the displayed time zone may fluctuate between the two zone times.
Auto Daylight This function is not activated in areas that have not adopted daylight saving time, even if you have set Auto Daylight to ON.
You can turn the clock display in the navigation screen on and off.
2 Header Clock Display P. 36
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 28
Clock Adjustment H SETTINGS button u Clock Settings
Set the automatic adjustment of the system clock for daylight saving and international time zones.
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Clock/Wallpaper Type: Changes the clock display type and the wallpaper type.
2 Setting the Clock Type P. 29
Clock Adjustment: Adjust the current time manually. 2 Setting the Clock P. 29
Clock Format: Sets the time notation to either 12-hour clock (12H, factory default) or 24-hour clock (24H).
Auto Time Zone: The navigation system automatically adjusts the clock when driving through different time zones. On (factory default): Adjusts the clock automatically. Off: Disables the feature.
Auto Daylight: The navigation system automatically adjusts the clock (spring ahead or fall back by one hour) when a daylight saving time change occurs. On (factory default): Adjusts the clock automatically. Off: Disables the feature.
Clock Reset: Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group.
uuInterface SettingsuClock Adjustment System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 29
H SETTINGS button u Clock Settings u Clock/Wallpaper Type u Clock
1. Rotate to select an option to change the design. Press .
H SETTINGS button u Clock Settings u Clock Adjustment
1. Move or to highlight the hour digit.
2. Rotate to set the hour. 3. Set the minute digit and AM/PM
likewise. 4. Press .
Setting the Clock Type
Setting the Clock
29
30
uu Interface SettingsuWallpaper Settings
System Setu
p
1 Wallpaper Settings
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 210 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 10 MB. The maximum image size is 5,800 x 5,800 pixels. Up to 10 files can be saved for each driver (Driver1
and Driver2). If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 30
Wallpaper Settings Select, delete, and import wallpaper pictures for display on the screen.
H SETTINGS button u Clock Settings u Clock/Wallpaper Type
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.
2. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the
wallpaper list. 3. Rotate to select Options.
Press . 4. Rotate to select Add New
Wallpaper. Press . 5. Rotate to select a desired
picture. Press . u The preview is displayed on the
left side on the screen. 6. Rotate to select Start Import.
Press . u The confirmation message will
appear. Then the display will return to the wallpaper list.
Import Wallpaper
uu Interface SettingsuWallpaper Settings System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 31
H SETTINGS button u Clock Settings u Clock/Wallpaper Type u Wallpaper
1. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. Press . u The preview is displayed on the
left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on
the screen.
2. Rotate to select Set. Press . u The display will return to the
Clock Settings screen.
Select Wallpaper
31Continued
32
uu Interface SettingsuWallpaper Settings
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 32
H SETTINGS button u Clock Settings u Clock/Wallpaper Type u Wallpaper
1. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete. Press . u The preview is displayed on the
left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on
the screen.
2. Rotate to select Delete. Press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
3. Rotate to select Yes. Press . u The display will return to the
wallpaper list.
Delete Wallpaper
uu Interface SettingsuUnit Settings System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 33
Unit Settings H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Others u Units
Sets the map units to either mile or km. Rotate to select the map unit. Press .
33
34
uu Interface SettingsuLanguage Settings
System Setu
p
1 Language Settings
Voice confirmation of cities and streets only occurs when English is the system language.
When Franais or Espaol is selected, some messages continue to be displayed in English.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 34
Language Settings H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Others u Language
Set the system language used on all screens. You can choose from three languages: English, Franais (French), Espaol (Spanish).
Rotate to select the system language. Press .
uu Interface SettingsuOperation Restriction Tips* System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 35
Operation Restriction Tips*
H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Others u Operation Restriction Tips
Alerts you when manual control of the system is disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only voice commands are available.
Rotate to select On or Off. Press .
The following items are available: On (factory default): Displays a message. Off: Disables the message.
35* Not available on all models
36
uu Interface SettingsuHeader Clock Display
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 36
Header Clock Display H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Others u Header Clock Display
Selects whether the clock display comes on. Rotate to select On or Off. Press
.
The following options are available: On (factory default): The system displays the clock in the navigation screen. Off: Disables the feature.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 37
Personal Information
Setu p
1 Personal Information
Personal information cannot be backed up or moved to another navigation system.
The navigation settings can also be selected from the navigation menu. Press from the map screen. Move or to select Destination or Map/ Route. Rotate to select Navigation Settings.
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info
Use the personal information menu to select and set your address books, home address, and PINs. You can also delete unwanted destinations from the list of previously routed destinations.
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Address Book: Stores new addresses or edits your address book.
2 Address Book P. 38
Edit Go Home: Sets or edits your home address. 2 Home Address P. 44
PIN Number: Sets or changes your PIN. 2 PIN Numbers P. 45
Previous Destination: Deletes the destination history. 2 Previous Destination P. 46
Category History: Deletes the place categories you recently used. 2 Category History P. 47
Download POI: Edits and deletes the Imported POI categories. 2 Download POI P. 48
37
38
uuPersonal InformationuAddress Book
System Setu
p
1 Address Book
Up to 200 addresses can be stored to each address book of Driver 1 and Driver 2 separately.
If you have PIN-protected your address book, enter your PIN when prompted. Press to select OK. PINs are optional.
2 PIN Numbers P. 45
Any address book categories you create are also displayed.
2 Selecting an Address Book Category P. 42
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 38
Address Book H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Address Book
Store up to 200 address entries in two address books (Driver 1 and Driver 2). You can add, edit, and delete information in the address books.
Move or to display only the addresses in the selected category. To change the user address book (Driver 1 or Driver 2), rotate to select Options. Press . Rotate to select Driver 1 or Driver 2. Press
.
uuPersonal InformationuAddress Book System
Setu p
1 Adding an Address Book Entry
If you do not give the address a name, one is automatically assigned (e.g., Address 001). You can re-enter, edit, or make changes to any entry. Address is the only required field.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 39
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Address Book u Options
This section explains how to enter the name and address. 1. Rotate to select Add New
Address. Press .
2. Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Name: Edits the name of the entry. Address: Edits the address of the entry. Phone No.: Edits the phone number of the entry. Category: Specifies the category of the entry.
Adding an Address Book Entry
Continued 39
uuPersonal InformationuAddress Book
40
System Setu
p
1 Adding an Address Book Entry
When you use Place Name or Place Category, the phone number is automatically entered.
You can also add a phone number and category.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 40
Alert: Alerts you when you approach the address entry. On: Beeps and displays a message when your vehicle gets near the entry. Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
3. Rotate to select Name. Press .
4. Enter a name or title. Select OK. 5. Rotate to select Address.
Press . 6. Rotate to select an item for
specifying the address. Press . 7. Rotate to select Save /
Delete. Press . 8. Rotate to select Save. Press
. The following items are available: Current Position: Select your current location. Address: Enter an address on the character input screen when prompted.
2 Address P. 116
Place Category: Select a category to search for a place/landmark (e.g., Banking, Lodging).
2 Place Category P. 125
Previous Destinations: Select a previous destination. 2 Previous Destination P. 124
Place Name: Enter the name of a place/landmark. 2 Place Name P. 129
Local Search: Sets a destination by using Local Search. 2 Local Search P. 127
Place Phone Number: Enter the phone number of a place/landmark. 2 Place Phone Number P. 132
uuPersonal InformationuAddress Book System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 41
Intersection: Specify the intersection by entering two streets. 2 Intersection P. 135
Download POI: Select a place/landmark from a list of the imported POI (category and places) data you created.
2 Download POI P. 133
Select Using Map: Enter a place/landmark by scrolling through the map. 2 Select using Map P. 136
Scenic Route: Enter a place/landmark by using a list of scenic roads for each state or province (U.S. and Canada only).
2 Scenic Route P. 134
Coordinate: Enter latitude and longitude of a place/landmark. 2 Coordinate P. 138
41Continued
uuPersonal InformationuAddress Book
42
System Setu
p
1 Editing an Address Book Entry
The entered contents are displayed on the Edit address screen.
1 Selecting an Address Book Category
Up to 100 categories (including Unfiled) can be stored to each address book of Driver 1 and Driver 2 separately.
If you delete a category that is used by other addresses, the category type for those addresses changes to Unfiled.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 42
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Address Book
1. Rotate to select the address to edit. Press .
2. Enter the name, address, phone number, and category fields.
2 Adding an Address Book Entry P. 39
3. Rotate to select Save / Delete. Press .
4. Rotate to select Save. Press .
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Address Book
1. Rotate to select an address. Press .
2. Rotate to select Category. Press .
3. Rotate to select a category. Press . u Create a category in advance.
2 Creating a New Category P. 43
Editing an Address Book Entry
Selecting an Address Book Category
uuPersonal InformationuAddress Book System
Setu p
1 Deleting an Address Book Entry
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, delete all address book entries.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 43
Creating a New Category 1. Rotate to select Options. Press . 2. Rotate to select New Category. Press . 3. Enter a name and select an icon when prompted.
u The created category is displayed in the list of categories.
Deleting or Editing a Category 1. Rotate to select Options. Press . 2. Rotate to select Delete or Edit. Press . 3. Delete an existing category, or change the name and icon.
u The selected category to delete is indicated with a trash icon. Select Options, press , and rotate to select Delete Selected.
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Address Book
1. Rotate to select the address to delete. Press .
2. Rotate to select Save / Delete. Press .
3. Rotate to select Delete. Press .
4. Rotate to select Yes. Press to delete the address.
Deleting an Address Book Entry
43
44
uuPersonal InformationuHome Address
System Setu
p
1 Home Address
If you have PIN-protected your home addresses, enter your PIN when prompted. Select OK. PINs are optional.
2 PIN Numbers P. 45
If your home street is not in the system database, park on the nearest verified street to your home. When entering the Address field, rotate to select Current Position to use your current location as the home address and press .
You can delete a home address if necessary. Rotate to select Save / Delete. Press . Rotate to
select Delete. Press . Rotate to select Yes. Press .
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, delete all home addresses.
The home icon is shown on the map screen on the 1/ 20 and 1/8 mile (80 and 200 m) scales.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 44
Home Address H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Edit Go Home
Set a home address that you frequently use. 1. Edit the name, address, and phone
number the same way as an address in the address book.
2 Adding an Address Book Entry P. 39
2. Rotate to select Save / Delete. Press .
3. Rotate to select Save. Press .
uuPersonal InformationuPIN Numbers System
Setu p
1 PIN Numbers
PIN Personal Identification Number (PIN) is a password used to access personal data.
PINs are optional. If you choose to use a PIN, keep a note of the number in a secure location. If you forget your PIN, a dealer will have to reset the navigation system and all of your stored information will be erased. The factory default is no PIN.
If you want to stop using a PIN, select Turn Off PIN Entry.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 45
PIN Numbers H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u PIN Number
Set a four-digit PIN for protecting personal addresses and your home address. Once you set a PIN, you are prompted to enter it whenever you access a personal address or a home address.
1. Rotate to select the PIN to create. Press .
2. Enter a four-digit PIN. Select OK. 3. Re-enter the new PIN, when
prompted, to confirm the number you just entered. Select OK. u If you have not entered the
same number both times, an INCORRECT PIN message is displayed. Enter your PIN again.
45
46
uuPersonal InformationuPrevious Destination
System Setu
p
1 Previous Destination
Up to 50 destinations can be stored.
To cancel the selection of a previous destination, rotate to highlight the destination again. Press
to de-select it.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 46
Previous Destination H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Previous
Destination
The navigation system maintains a list of your previously routed destinations as a shortcut for entering the same destination in the future. You can delete some or all of your previous destinations from the list.
1. Rotate to select the destination to delete. Press . u Repeat the procedure as
necessary. u Items to be deleted are
indicated with a trash icon.
2. Rotate to select Options. Press .
3. Rotate to select Delete Selected. Press . u The confirmation message will
appear. 4. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
Trash icon
uuPersonal InformationuCategory History System
Setu p
1 Category History
Up to 50 categories can be stored.
To cancel the selection of a category, rotate to highlight the category again. Press to de-select it.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 47
Category History H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Category
History
The navigation system maintains a list of your recently used place categories as a shortcut for selecting the same categories in the future. You can delete some or all of your recently used categories from the list.
1. Rotate to select the category to delete. Press . u Repeat the procedure as
necessary. u Items to be deleted are
indicated with a trash icon.
2. Rotate to select Options. Press .
3. Rotate to select Delete Selected. Press . u The confirmation message will
appear. 4. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
Trash icon
47
48
uuPersonal InformationuDownload POI
System Setu
p
1 Importing POI Categories
For more information about connecting a USB flash drive.
2 Connecting a USB Flash Drive P. 243
POI data in csv and kml formats can be imported.
You can download POI data from various POI websites.
If you select From AcuraLink, you can download POI data from the AcuraLink server.
2 AcuraLink P. 308
1 Editing POI Categories
If you select From AcuraLink, you can edit Alert only.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 48
Download POI Import custom Points of Interest (POI) into the navigation system and set the POI as a destination. You can also add, edit, and delete POIs.
H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Destination u Download POI
1. Connect a USB flash drive with stored POI data to the USB connector.
2. Rotate to select Options. Press .
3. Rotate to select Import from USB. Press .
4. Rotate to select a category to import. Press .
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Personal Info u Download POI 1. Rotate to select the downloaded POI category to edit. Press . 2. Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Alert Setting: Alerts you when you approach the places/landmarks in the
category. On: Beeps and displays a message when your vehicle gets near the places/ landmarks in the category. Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
Delete Category: Deletes all places/landmarks and icon in the selected category. Edit Icon: Changes the category icon.
Importing POI Categories
Editing POI Categories
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 49
Routing
Setu p
1 Routing
The navigation settings can also be selected from the navigation menu. Press from the map screen. Move or to select Destination or Map/ Route. Rotate to select Navigation Settings.
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing
Choose various settings that determine the navigation system functionality during route calculation.
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Route Preference: Changes the route preferences (calculating method).
2 Route Preference P. 50
Unverified Routing: Sets whether you use the route guidance in unverified areas.
2 Unverified Routing P. 52
Traffic Rerouting: Sets whether you use automatic recalculation based on traffic information.
2 Traffic Rerouting P. 54
Edit POI Search Radius Along Route: Sets the distance from the route to find waypoints.
2 Edit POI Search Radius Along Route P. 55
Avoided Area: Specifies areas to avoid when calculating a route. 2 Avoided Area P. 56
49
50
uuRoutinguRoute Preference
System Setu
p
1 Route Preference
The calculated route may be the shortest route or the route you would choose. For safety reasons, the system generally applies the following rules to your route: Shortcuts through residential areas are avoided. Right turns are favored over left turns or U-turns. Time-restricted turns (turns prohibited at certain
times of the day) are not used.
Check the ferry schedule when the calculated route includes ferry route.
ETC is short for the Electronic Toll Collection system.
Server Route*
You can view three routes distributed from AcuraLink.
2 Viewing the Routes P. 141 Set to On and select Optimal route to select your
desired route. 2 Optimal Routes* P. 51
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 50
Route Preference H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing u Route Preference
Change the route preference by selecting minimum or maximum driving methods. 1. Rotate to select an item. Press
. 2. Rotate to select Max or Min.
Press . u Repeat step 1 and 2 as
necessary.
* Not available on all models
uuRoutinguRoute Preference System
Setu p
1 Optimal Routes*
Optimal Routes is a subscription service. For more information, contact an Acura dealer or visit www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 51
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing u Route Preference
You can select desired routes by sorting the route list. The three top routes can be displayed on the Select a route screen.
2 Viewing the Routes P. 141
1. Rotate to select Optimal Routes. Press .
2. Rotate to select a route type. Press .
3. Rotate to change the order of the selected route type. Press .
Optimal Routes*
51* Not available on all models
52
uuRoutinguUnverified Routing
System Setu
p
1 Unverified Routing
Unverified roads are found in rural areas, and typically include residential streets away from the center of a town. They may not be accurate and can contain errors in location, naming, and address range.
Unverified roads are shown only when viewing the map in the 1/20, 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1 and 2 (mile) / 80, 200, 400, 800 (m), 1.6 and 3.2 (km) map scales.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 52
Unverified Routing H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing u Unverified Routing
Receive turn-by-turn map and voice guidance in unverified areas. Rotate to select On or Off. Press
.
Differences Off On (factory default)
On or Off? The driver wishes to manually navigate using the navigation map and choose the streets that lead to the destination.
The driver chooses to let the navigation system suggest possible routing, knowing that the guidance may not be accurate.
Route calculation
Route is usually longer, using verified roads whenever possible.
Route is shorter, but uses unverified (purple) streets that may not be accurate.
uuRoutinguUnverified Routing System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 53
Differences Off On (factory default)
Route line The route line uses verified streets only (when possible). If Straight Line Guide is set to On, a pink vector line is displayed on the map that continually points to your destination.
2 Straight Line Guide P. 74
A blue-pink route line highlights suggested unverified streets on the map while traveling to your destination.
Cautionary messages
Cautionary pop-up screens and voice announcements remind you to obey all traffic restrictions when starting route guidance, approaching an unverified area, and entering an unverified street.
Cautionary pop-up screens and voice announcements remind you to obey all traffic restrictions when entering an unverified street.
Guidance (map/voice)
There is no turn-by-turn map or voice guidance.
Voice guidance commands end with the phrase if possible to remind you to verify all traffic restrictions.
Directions list A direction list is typically not available. However, depending on your route, directions are provided to help you reach the first available verified road.
A direction list is provided showing street names and turn symbols in pink.
53
54
uuRoutinguTraffic Rerouting
System Setu
p
1 Traffic Rerouting
You must be in or near a traffic-enabled city to receive coverage for that area. Traffic information is available in certain areas in the lower 48 states, Hawaii, and some cities in Canada.
2 Traffic Information P. 370
Traffic Rerouting requires an AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM subscription.
2 AcuraLink P. 308
Automatic traffic rerouting may not provide a detour route depending on circumstances.
Canadian models
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 54
Traffic Rerouting H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing u Traffic Rerouting
A faster route can be calculated based on continuously updated traffic information. 2 Traffic ReroutingTM P. 159
Rotate to select an option. Press .
The following options are available: On: The system reroutes automatically based on traffic information. Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
uuRoutinguEdit POI Search Radius Along Route System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 55
Edit POI Search Radius Along Route H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing u Edit POI Search
Radius Along Route
Select the distance from your highlighted route line (on either side of your route) that the system will search for a waypoint.
2 Adding Waypoints P. 164
You can specify a different search distance for freeways/highways and surface streets.
1. Rotate to select an item. Press .
2. Rotate to select a search distance. Press .
The following items are available: On Freeways (U.S.)/On Highways (Canada): 1, 2, 5, or 10 miles (1.6, 3, 8, or 16
km) can be set. Factory default is 2 miles (3 km). On Surface Streets: 1/2, 1, 2, or 5 miles (0.8, 1.6, 3, or 8 km) can be set. Factory
default is 1/2 mile (0.8 km).
55
56
uuRoutinguAvoided Area
System Setu
p
1 Avoided Area
The maximum size of one side of an avoid area is approximately 1/2 mile (800 m).
If your selected area contains a freeway/highway, you are asked Do you want to avoid freeways (highways)? Answering No allows you to use a route through an avoid area on a freeway/highway without any pop-up messages.
You can select areas to avoid, however you cannot select roads or areas that you want the system to use for routing.
You can enter up to 25 characters for the name.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 56
Avoided Area H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Routing u Avoided Area
Specify up to five areas to avoid (e.g., road construction, closures), if possible, when the system calculates routes to your destination.
1. Rotate to select Options. Press .
2. Rotate to select New Area.
3. Rotate to select Name to label the area to avoid. Press .
4. Enter a name or title. Select OK. 5. Rotate to select Area to
define the area to avoid. Press .
The following options are available (after an area is set): Save: Saves the selected avoid area. View Area: Displays the selected avoid area on the map. Delete: Deletes the selected avoid area.
uuRoutinguAvoided Area System
Setu p
1 Avoided Area
Avoid area can be set in the 1/20, 1/8, or 1/4 mile (80, 200, or 400 m) map scales.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 57
6. Rotate to select a method for specifying the area. Press .
The following options are available: Address: Specify the general area by entering an address.
2 Address P. 116
Select Using Map: Specify the general area by using map. 2 Select using Map P. 136
7. If you select Select Using Map, scroll the map to position the cursor over your desired start point, adjusting the map scale as necessary. Press to mark the start point. u To redo the area selection,
press the BACK button. 8. Scroll the map to draw the area.
Press to mark the end point. 9. Press to select OK.
u The area you specify is displayed in the list of areas to avoid.
Cursor
Avoid area
57
58
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 58
Guidance
1 Guidance
The navigation settings can also be selected from the navigation menu. Press from the map screen. Move or to select Destination or Map/ Route. Rotate to select Navigation Settings.
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Guidance
Choose various settings that determine the navigation system functionality during route guidance.
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Guidance Volume: Adjusts the navigation system volume level.
2 Guidance Volume: P. 27 Guidance Mode: Sets whether to display only the map screen or a split map-
guidance screen. 2 Guidance Mode P. 59
Street Name Guidance (U.S. models): Sets whether to read out the street names during voice guidance.
2 Street Name Guidance*1 P. 61 Non-map Screens: Sets whether the guidance screen interrupts the screen display.
2 Non-map Screens P. 62 Guidance Point: Sets whether to display the guidance information to the
destination or the next waypoint. 2 Guidance Point P. 63
Estimated Time: Sets whether to display the remaining time or arrival time to the guidance point.
2 Estimated Time P. 64
uuGuidanceuGuidance Mode System
Setu p
1 Guidance Mode
Press the NAV button to switch between the map, next guidance direction, and a list of guidance directions.
Turn-by-Turn Directions The next guidance point appears on the multi- information display.
2 Turn-by-Turn Directions P. 10
You can turn this feature on or off using the multi- information display. See the Owners Manual for instructions.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 59
Guidance Mode H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Guidance u Guidance mode
Select the display mode for the map and guidance screens. Rotate to select an option. Press
.
The following options are available: Map (factory default): Displays only the map screen. When you approach a
guidance point, the next guidance point appears.
Map screen
Near the next guidance point
Next Maneuver screen
Next guidance point
59Continued
60
uuGuidanceuGuidance Mode
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 60
Direction List: Displays the map and direction list simultaneously on the map screen. When you approach a guidance point, the next guidance point appears.
Next Maneuver: Displays the map and next guidance point simultaneously on the map screen.
Direction List screen
Guidance direction list
Near the next guidance point
Next Maneuver screen
Next guidance point
Next Maneuver screen
Next guidance point
Near the next guidance point
Next Maneuver screen
uuGuidanceuStreet Name Guidance*1 System
Setu p
1 Street Name Guidance*1
This feature is only available when the system language is set to English.
This feature may not be available in non-English speaking areas.
*1: This function is available on U.S. models only.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 61
Street Name Guidance*1
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Guidance u Street Name Guidance
The navigation system includes the street names during voice guidance (e.g., Turn right on Main Street).
Rotate to select an option. Press .
The following options are available: On (factory default): Voice guidance includes the street names. Off: Disables the feature.
61
62
uuGuidanceuNon-map Screens
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 62
Non-map Screens H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Guidance u Non-map Screens
The navigation system temporarily interrupts the screen display to view the guidance screen as you approach a guidance point.
Rotate to select an option. Press .
The following options are available: On: The guidance screen interrupts other mode screens (e.g., audio, phone, etc.,
except the rear view camera mode). Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
uuGuidanceuGuidance Point System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 63
Guidance Point H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Guidance u Guidance Point
Set the guidance point to display on the map screen. Rotate to select an option. Press
.
The following options are available: Destination (factory default): Displays the remaining/arrival time and distance to
the destination. Next Point: Displays the remaining/arrival time and distance to the next
waypoint.
63
64
uuGuidanceuEstimated Time
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 64
Estimated Time H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Guidance u Estimated Time
Select the estimated time to display on the screen. Rotate to select an option. Press
.
The following options are available: Arrival: Displays the arrival time to the destination or the next waypoint. Remaining (factory default): Displays the remaining time to the destination or
the next waypoint.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 65
Map
Setu p
1 Map
The navigation settings can also be selected from the navigation menu. Press from the map screen. Move or to select Destination or Map/ Route. Rotate to select Navigation Settings.
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map
Select the landmark icons to display on the map, select the color of the map, change the orientation of the map, or adjust the current position of the vehicle as displayed on the map.
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Default: Restores the factory default settings. Show Icon on Map: Selects the icons to display on the map.
2 Showing Icons on Map P. 67
Color (Day): Selects the color of the map for the Day mode. 2 Color P. 69
Color (Night): Selects the color of the map for the Night mode. 2 Color P. 69
View: Selects the map orientation (North-up, Heading-up, or 3D map). 2 View (Map Orientation) P. 72
3D Angle Adjustment: Adjusts the viewing angle for the 3D map. 2 3D Angle Adjustment P. 73
Straight Line Guide: Sets whether to display a straight guideline to the destination or waypoint.
2 Straight Line Guide P. 74
65Continued
66
uuMapu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 66
Display Tracking: Sets whether to display the tracking dots on the map. 2 Display Tracking P. 75
Delete Tracking: Deletes the tracking dots on the map. 2 Deleting Tracking Dots P. 76
Correct Vehicle Position: Adjusts the position of the vehicle on the map. 2 Correct Vehicle Position P. 77
System Device Information: Displays database, software, device, and vehicle identification information.
2 System Device Information P. 321
Map Data Update: Provides the status of map database updates. 2 Map Data Update P. 321
uuMapuShowing Icons on Map System
Setu p
1 Showing Icons on Map
If you have PIN-protected your address book, enter your PIN when prompted. Move to select OK. PINs are optional.
2 PIN Numbers P. 45
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 67
Showing Icons on Map H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Show Icon on Map
Select the icons that are displayed on the map. 1. Rotate to select an item. Press
. u If the selected item has no sub
categories, pressing toggles the setting between On and Off.
u If the selected item has sub categories, proceed to the next step.
2. Rotate to select an option. Press . u Repeat step 1 and 2 as
necessary.
The following options are available: All On: Displays the landmark icons for all the sub categories.
2 Map Screen Legend P. 9
Custom: Fine-tunes the icon display. 2 Fine-tuning the Icons P. 68
Off: Hides the landmark icons for all the sub categories.
67Continued
68
uuMapuShowing Icons on Map
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 68
Icons in some categories can be fine-tuned to display or hide. 1. Rotate to select the icons to
display on the map. Press . u Pressing toggles the check
mark display on or off. u Repeat the procedure as
necessary.
2. Rotate to select Options. Press .
3. Rotate to select Set Selected. Press .
Fine-tuning the Icons
uuMapuColor System
Setu p
1 Color (Day)
The factory default is set to Beige.
1 Color (Night)
The factory default is set to Blue.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 69
Color Set separate map colors for Day and Night modes.
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Color (Day)
Rotate to select a color for the Day mode. Press .
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Color (Night)
Rotate to select a color for the Night mode. Press .
Color (Day)
Color (Night)
69Continued
uuMapuColor
70
System Setu
p
1 Switching Display Mode Manually
A visual guide helps you see the difference between Day and Night modes.
2 Day or Night Mode P. 10
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 70
Set the screen brightness separately for Day and Night modes. Press the (Display mode) button to cycle through the display modes (Day to Night to Off).
1. Press the button. u The Brightness bar is displayed
for a few seconds. u Rotate to adjust the
brightness. Press . 2. Press the button again.
u Repeat the procedure to switch the display modes.
Switching Display Mode Manually
Illumination Priority Operation
button 1 Selects Day, Night, or Off display mode. This button has the highest priority and overrides all other display control adjustments listed below. Remember: Once you press this button, you assume full manual control of the display mode until the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Sunlight sensor (see your Owners Manual for location)
2 If the sunlight sensor detects daylight and the headlights are turned on, the system automatically overrides the Night display and displays the Day display mode. Remember: If desired, use the button to override this automatic choice.
uuMapuColor System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 71
Illumination Priority Operation
Dash illumination adjustment buttons (see your Owners Manual for location)
3 When headlights are turned on, and you wish to have the Day display mode, adjust the illumination to the full brightness setting (beeps). Remember: Adjust the dash brightness back to mid-range to allow auto switching by sensing the headlights are on or off.
Headlights (Auto/ On/Off)
4 When turned on, the display changes to Night display mode. The previous three controls listed above can cancel this function. Remember: Use the button, or adjust the dash illumination to full brightness, to set the display to your desired choice.
Screen color choice N/A The user can select the color of the screen that will be displayed for the Day and Night display modes described above.
71
72
uuMapuView (Map Orientation)
System Setu
p
1 View (Map Orientation)
The red arrow in the symbol always points North.
Heading-up and 3D map view switch to the North-up view on the maximum map scale.
The birds eye view map switches to the Heading-up map while scrolling the map.
The viewing angle for the birds eye view can be adjusted.
2 3D Angle Adjustment P. 73
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 72
View (Map Orientation) H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u View
Select the map orientation. Rotate to select an option. Press
.
The following options are available: North-up (factory default): Displays the map with North always pointing up. Heading-up: Displays the map so that the direction you are traveling is always
pointing up. 3D Map: Displays the birds eye view map.
uuMapu3D Angle Adjustment System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 73
3D Angle Adjustment H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u 3D Angle Adjustment
Adjust the viewing angle. Rotate to adjust the angle. Press
.
73
74
uuMapuStraight Line Guide
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 74
Straight Line Guide H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Straight Line Guide
Set whether to display a straight guideline to the destination or waypoint. Rotate to select an option. Press
.
The following options are available: On (factory default): Displays a straight guideline on the map. Off: Disables the feature.
uuMapuDisplay Tracking System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 75
Display Tracking H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Display Tracking
The navigation system can be set to display white tracking dots (breadcrumbs) on the map screen.
Rotate to select an option. Press .
The following options are available: On: Displays white tracking dots.
2 Tracking Dots P. 146
Off (factory default): Disables the feature.
75Continued
uuMapuDisplay Tracking
76
System Setu
p
1 Deleting Tracking Dots
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, delete the tracking dots.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 76
H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Delete Tracking
Rotate to select Yes. Press .
Deleting Tracking Dots
uuMapuCorrect Vehicle Position System
Setu p
1 Correct Vehicle Position
An apparent position error can occur where buildings, tunnels, and other objects block or reflect the GPS signals, forcing the system to use dead reckoning to determine your location and direction.
Using this function to adjust vehicle position is not recommended. When the system reacquires a GPS signal, it will automatically place the vehicle in the correct location.
If you continually have to adjust the vehicle position, you may have problems with the GPS reception or there may be database errors.
2 System Limitations P. 366
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 77
Correct Vehicle Position H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Correct Vehicle
Position
Manually adjust the current position of the vehicle as displayed on the map screen if the position appears to be incorrect.
1. Put the vehicle in Park. 2. Rotate to select Correct
Vehicle Position. Press . 3. Scroll the map to position the
cursor over at your correct position. Press .
4. Rotate to position the arrowhead in the correct direction the vehicle is facing.
5. Press to select OK.
77
78
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 78
Customized Features
1 Customized Features
When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and select the gear position to .
To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 87
Use the navigation screen to customize certain features.
How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
Navigation Screen
SETTINGS Button
Navigation Screen
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 79
Customization flow Navigation screen
Unverified Routing Traffic Rerouting
Edit POI Search Radius Along Route
Routing
Avoided Area
Optimal Routes*
Freeways/Highways Toll Roads
Route Preference
ETC Roads Ferries U-Turn
Guidance Mode Street Name Guidance*
Non-map Screens
Guidance
Guidance Point Estimated Time
Address Book Edit Go Home PIN Number
Personal Info
Previous Destination
Download POI Category History
Navigation Settings
Server Route*
DefaultPress the SETTINGS button.
Guidance Volume
79Continued * Not available on all models
80
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
Show Icon on Map Color (Day)
Color (Night) View
3D Angle Adjustment Straight Line Guide
Display Tracking Delete Tracking
Correct Vehicle Position System Device Information
Map Data Update
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 80
Map
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
Bluetooth Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code Edit Speed Dial Auto Transfer Auto Answer
Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo Enable Text/Email
Select Account
Default
New Text/Email Alert
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 81
Bluetooth
Phone
Text/Email
Bluetooth/ Phone
Settings
81Continued
82
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline
Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline
Auto Show Camera After Reverse Default Camera Mode in Forward Default Camera Mode in Reverse Show Camera When Decelerating
Clear Parking Guidance Automatically
Default
Default
Cross Traffic Monitornitor
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 82
Rear Camera*
Camera Settings
Surround View
Camera*
Cross Traffic Mo
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
Trip A Reset Timing Trip B Reset Timing
Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Forward Collision Warning Distance Head-up Warning
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep Road Departure Mitigation Setting
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Memory Position Link
Default
ACC Display Speed Unit
Reverse Alert Tone
Blind Spot Info
Turn by Turn Display
Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 83
Vehicle Settings
Driver Assist
Driving Position
Meter
83Continued * Not available on all models
84
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
Maintenance ResetInfo.
Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock
Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Keyless Access Beep Volume Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep Remote Start System On/Off
Auto Folding Door Mirror*
Wireless Chargingger*
Walk Away Auto Lock
Door Unlock Mode
Preferred Dynamic Modede
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 84
Maintenance
Door
Lighting
Keyless Access
Wireless Char
Dynamic Mo
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
Default
Clock
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment Clock Format
Auto Time Zone
Auto Daylight Clock Reset
Default AcuraLink Msg Notice lete AcuraLink Messages raLink Subscription Status
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 85
Clock Settings
Clock/Wallpaper Type
AcuraLink Settings
De Acu
85Continued
86
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
Guidance Volume
Brightness Contrast
Black Level
Units Language
Operation Restriction Tips*
Sync Display Brightness
Header Clock Display System Device Information
Guidance Volume Verbal Reminder
Song By Voice Song By Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Factory Data Reset
Voice Prompt
Default
Default pple CarPlay Device List ndroid Auto Device List Smartphone Volume
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 86
Display
Others
Voice Reco.
Feedback System Settings
Smartphone Settings
A A
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 87
List of customizable options
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Navigation Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Navigation Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Personal Info
Address Book Stores new addresses or edits your address book.
Edit Go Home Sets or edits your home address.
PIN Number Sets or changes your PIN.
Previous Destination Deletes the destination history.
Category History Deletes the place categories you recently used.
Download POI Edits and deletes the Imported POI categories.
Navigation Screen
87Continued
88
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 88
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Navigation Settings
Routing
Route Preference
Optimal Routes*
You can select desired routes by sorting the route list.
2 Optimal Routes* P. 51
Freeways/ Highways
Change the route preference by selecting minimum or maximum driving methods.
Max*1/Min
Toll Roads Max*1/Min
ETC Roads Max/Min*1
Ferries Max*1/Min
U-Turn Max/Min*1
Server Route* View three routes distributed from AcuraLink. On/Off*1
Unverified Routing Sets whether you use the route guidance in unverified areas.
On*1/Off
Traffic Rerouting Sets whether you use automatic recalculation based on traffic information.
On/Off*1
Edit POI Search Radius Along Route
On Freeways/ Highways
Sets the distance from the route to find waypoints.
mile: 1, 2*1, 5, 10mi km: 1.6, 3*1, 8, 16km
On Surface Streets
mile: 1/2*1, 1, 2, 5mi km: 0.8*1, 1.6, 3, 8km
Avoided Area Specifies areas to avoid when calculating a route.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 89
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Navigation Settings
Guidance
Guidance Volume Adjusts the navigation system volume level.
Guidance Mode Sets whether to display only the map screen or a split map guidance screen.
Map*1/Direction List/ Next Maneuver
Street Name Guidance* Sets whether to read out the street names during voice guidance (U.S. models).
On*1/Off
Non-map Screens Sets whether the guidance screen interrupts the screen display.
On/Off*1
Guidance Point Sets whether to display the guidance information to the destination or the next waypoint.
Destination*1/Next Point
Estimated Time Sets whether to display the remaining time or arrival time to the guidance point.
Arrival/Remaining*1
89Continued * Not available on all models
90
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 90
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Navigation Settings
Map
Show Icon on Map Selects the icons to display on the map.
Color (Day) Selects the color of the map for the Day mode. White/Beige*1/Blue/ Black
Color (Night) Selects the color of the map for the Night mode. White/Beige/Blue*1/ Black
View Selects the map orientation. North-up*1/Heading- up/3D Map
3D Angle Adjustment Adjusts the viewing angle for the 3D map.
Straight Line Guide Sets whether to display a straight guideline to the destination or waypoint.
On*1/Off
Display Tracking Sets whether to display the tracking dots on the map.
On/Off*1
Delete Tracking Deletes the tracking dots on the map.
Correct Vehicle Position Adjusts the position of the vehicle on the map.
System Device Information Displays database, software, device, and vehicle identification information.
Map Data Update Provides the status of map database updates.
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 91
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/ Phone Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth on and off. On*1/Off
Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Pairing a Phone P. 267
Edit Pairing Code Changes a pairing code. 2 Changing the Pass-Key P. 270
Random/Fixed*1
Phone
Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry. 2 Setting Up Speed Dialing P. 274
Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On*1/Off
Auto Answer Sets whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four seconds.
On/Off*1
Ring Tone Selects the ring tone. Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/ Off
Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture on an incoming call screen.
On*1/Off
91Continued
92
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 92
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/ Phone Settings
Text/ Email
Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail message function on and off. On*1/Off
Select Account Selects a mail or text message account.
New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new text message/ E-mail.
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 93
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera Settings
Rear Camera*
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear Camera group as default.
Yes/No
Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the rear camera monitor.
On*1/Off
Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on the rear camera monitor.
On*1/Off
Surround View Camera*
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Surround View Camera group as default.
Yes/No
Fixed Guideline Sets whether to turn on the reference line display. On*1/Off
Dynamic Guideline Sets whether to turn on the projection line display. On*1/Off
Auto Show Camera After Reverse
Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to the front view when the gear position is out of .
On/Off*1
Default Camera Mode in Forward
Sets which screen to display when the surround view camera system is turned on while the vehicle is moving forward.
Front Ground View*1/ Last Used/Front Blind View/Side View
Default Camera Mode in Reverse
Sets which screen to display when the surround view camera system is turned on while the vehicle is reversing.
Rear Ground View*1/ Last Used/Rear View/ Rear Wide View
93Continued * Not available on all models
94
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 94
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera Settings
Surround View Camera*
Show Camera When Decelerating
Sets the screen to automatically return to the camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12 km/h) or lower.
On/Off*1
Clear Parking Guidance Automatically
Turns the parking guide lines on and off. On*1/Off
Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. See the owners manual.
On/Off
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 95
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Vehicle Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Driver Assist
Forward Collision Warning Distance
Changes at which distance CMBSTM alerts. See the owners manual.
Long/Normal*1/Short
Head-up Warning Changes the setting for the flash of head-up warning light to alert. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. See the owners manual.
On/Off*1
ACC Display Speed Unit Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi- information display. See the owners manual.
mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system. See the owners manual.
Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. See the owners manual.
On/Off*1
Blind Spot Info Changes the setting for the blind spot information. See the owners manual.
Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off
95Continued
96
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 96
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Meter
Language Selection Changes the displayed language on the multi- information display. See the owners manual.
English*1/Franais/ Espaol
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. See the owners manual.
-5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)
Trip A Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A. See the owners manual.
When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
Trip B Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B. See the owners manual.
When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
Reverse Alert Tone Turns the audible notification on and off when you set the gear position to . See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*
Selects whether the engine idle stop guidance comes on during Auto Engine Idle Stop. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Turn by Turn Display Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 97
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Driving Position
Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off using a remote transmitter. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit
Turns the automatic retraction of the seat on and off when the door is opened after the vehicle is switched off. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
97Continued
98
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 98
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Keyless Access
Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle. See the owners manual.
Driver Door Only*1/All Doors
Keyless Access Beep Volume Changes the volume of the keyless access beep. See the owners manual.
High*1/Low
Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Remote Start System On/Off Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the settings for the auto lock function when you walk away from the vehicle. See the owners manual.
On/Off*1
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 99
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Lighting
Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. See the owners manual.
60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door. See the owners manual.
60seconds/30seconds/ 15seconds*1/0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. See the owners manual.
Max/High/Mid*1/Low/ Min
99Continued
100
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 100
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Door
Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for the automatic locking feature. See the owners manual.
With Vehicle Speed*1/ Shift from P/Off
Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors unlock automatically. See the owners manual.
All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/ All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in key. See the owners manual.
Driver Door*1/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds. See the owners manual.
On*1/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. See the owners manual.
90seconds/60seconds/ 30seconds*1
Auto Folding Door Mirror* Changes how you can fold the door mirrors. See the owners manual.
Auto Fold With Keyless*1/Manual Only
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 101
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Settings
Dynamic Mode
Preferred Dynamic Mode Changes the dynamic mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON. See the owners manual.
Last Used*1/Econ/ Normal/Sport
Wireless Charger* Wireless Charging Turns the wireless charger operation on and off. On*1/Off
Maintenance Info.
Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service. See the owners manual.
101Continued * Not available on all models
102
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 102
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Changes the clock display type. Analog/Digital*1/Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
Changes the wallpaper type. Imports an image file for a new wallpaper. Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Settings P. 30
Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Add New Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock Adjustment P. 28
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H
Auto Time Zone Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust the clock when driving through different time zones.
On*1/Off
Auto Daylight Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust the clock (spring ahead or fall back by one hour) when a daylight saving time change occurs.
On*1/Off
Clock Reset Resets the settings of all items in the Clock group.
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 103
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
AcuraLink Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the AcuraLink Settings group as default.
Yes/No
AcuraLink Msg Notice Selects whether newly received AcuraLink messages are to be displayed.
On*1/Off
Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messages.
AcuraLink Subscription Status Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status.
103Continued
104
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
ption Selectable Settings
zed items in the System .
Yes/No
y brightness rument panel brightness.
On*1/Off
f the navigation screen.
he navigation screen.
f the navigation screen.
e audio speakers.
s on and off. On*1/Off
and off. On*1/Off
on and off. ) P. 236
On*1/Off
d for music stored in the
n P. 238
d for the phonebook. Modification P. 277
e voice prompt.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 104
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Descri
System Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customi Settings group as default
Display
Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the displa synchronizes with the inst
Brightness Changes the brightness o
Contrast Changes the contrast of t
Black Level Changes the black level o
Feedback Guidance Volume Changes the volume of th
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminder
Voice Reco.
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on
Song By Voice Turns the Song By VoiceTM
2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification
Modifies a voice comman HDD or an iPod.
2 Phonetic Modificatio
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Modifies a voice comman 2 Phonebook Phonetic
Guidance Volume Changes the volume of th
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 105
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System Settings
Others
Units Changes the distance unit on the navigation map screen.
mile*1/km (U.S.) mile/km*1 (Canada)
Language Changes the display language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol
Operation Restriction Tips*
Alerts you when manual control of the system is disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only voice commands are available.
On*1/Off
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On*1/Off
System Device Information Displays the system/device information.
Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to their factory default. 2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 111
Smartphone Settings
Default Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Smartphone Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Apple CarPlay Device List Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection.
Android Auto Device List Sets up the Android AutoTM connection.
Smartphone Volume Adjusts the volume of the smartphone function. 1~8*1~11
105Continued * Not available on all models
106
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 106
How to customize While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio Menu, then select a setting item.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 107
Customization flow On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Recording from CD Recording Quality
HDD Information
Recording Options
Update Gracenote Album Information
Cover Art
Treble Fader
Balance Center
SVC Subwoofer
Edit Source Order
Sync Display Brightness
BassSelect Audio Menu.
Sound Settings
Audio Settings
DTS Neural Surround Play the Song from the Beginning
SportsFlash Traffic & Weather Now Setup
Channel Art TuneMix
HD Radio Mode*
Brightness Contrast
Black Level Beep
Keyboard
Delete All HDD Data
SiriusXM
Screen Settings
Other
CD/HDD
107Continued * Not available on all models
108
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 108
List of customizable options
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Edit Source Order Changes the order of source list. 2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings
Bass
Adjusts the settings of the audio speakers sound. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
Treble
Fader
Balance
Center
Subwoofer
SVC
DTS Neural Surround
Audio Settings
SiriusXM
Play the Song from the Beginning
Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On*1/Off
SportsFlash
Notification Turns on and off the sports alert function. Disable*1/Enable once/ Enable
Beep Causes the system to beep when the sports alert is notified.
On*1/Off
Favorite Teams Selects your favorite sport teams.
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
uuCustomized Featuresu System
Setu p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 109
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio Settings
SiriusXM
Traffic & Weather Now Setup
Selects a city for using the SiriusXM traffic and weather information.
Channel Art Turns on and off the channel art display. On*1/Off
TuneMix Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off*1
CD/HDD
Recording Options
Recording from CD
Selects whether the songs on music CDs are automatically recorded to the HDD.
Auto*1/Manual
Recording Quality
Selects the quality of the music files recorded to the HDD.
Standard*1/High
HDD Information Displays the HDD capacity.
Update Gracenote Album Information
Updates the Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) from CD or USB.
Update by CD*1/ Update by USB
Delete All HDD Data 2 Deleting All HDD Data P. 229
Other HD Radio Mode*
Selects whether the audio system automatically switches to the digital radio waves or receives the analog waves only.
Auto*1/Analog
Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On*1/Off
CD mode
CD mode
HDD mode
CD or HDD mode
HDD mode
FM/AM mode
iPod, USB, Pandora*, SiriusXM or HD Radio* mode
109Continued * Not available on all models
110
uuCustomized Featuresu
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 110
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Screen Settings
Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.
Off/On*1
Brightness Changes the brightness of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.
Contrast Changes the contrast of the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
Black Level Changes the black level of the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.
Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.
Off/On*1
Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Alphabet/QWERTY*1
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 111
Data Reset
Setu p
1 Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to factory defaults and delete all personal data.
Defaulting All the Settings H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Others u Factory Data Reset
Resets all the menu and customized settings to the factory defaults. 1. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
2. Rotate to select Yes. Press again to reset the settings. u After resetting, the
confirmation message will appear. Press to select OK.
111
112
System Setu
p
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 112
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Changing the Screen Settings Adjust the screen settings of the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Screen Settings. 3. Use , or other icons to
adjust the setting. u Use the / icons to turn
the page. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The followings are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness: Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instrument panel brightness. Brightness: Adjusts the screens brightness. Contrast: Adjusts the screens contrast. Black Level: Adjusts the screens black level. Beep: Turns on or off the beep that sounds every time you touch the screen. Keyboard: Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the
qwerty type.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 113
Navigation
This section describes how to enter a destination, select a route to take, and follow the
route to your destination. It also describes how to change your route or destination along
the way.
13
Entering a Destination ......................... 114 Address ............................................... 116 Address Book....................................... 123 Previous Destination............................. 124 Place Category ..................................... 125 Local Search......................................... 127 Place Name.......................................... 129 Place Phone Number ............................ 132 Download POI...................................... 133 Scenic Route ........................................ 134 Intersection.......................................... 135 Select using Map.................................. 136 Coordinate .......................................... 138
Calculating the Route ............................139 Viewing the Routes ...............................141
Driving to Your Destination .................142 Viewing the Route ................................142 Listening to Voice Guidance ..................147 Reaching a Waypoint ............................148
Map/Route Menu ..................................149 Displaying the Map/Route Menu ...........149 Current Location...................................152 Map Legend .........................................153 Directions .............................................157 Traffic ReroutingTM ................................159
Changing Your Route ............................162 Pausing the Route.................................163
1
Canceling the Route............................. 163 Adding Waypoints ............................... 164 Editing the Destination List ................... 170 Taking a Detour ................................... 175 Avoiding Streets ................................... 175
Changing Your Destination ................. 176 Find Nearest Place ................................ 176 Selecting a Destination on the Map...... 177 Entering a New Destination.................. 178
Resuming Your Trip .............................. 179
114
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 114
Entering a Destination
1 Entering a Destination
If you press when en route, the Map/Route screen is displayed.
2 Map/Route Menu P. 149
Prior to departure, you can set areas along your route to avoid.
2 Avoided Area P. 56
H ENTER/MENU button (on map)
This section describes how to enter a destination for route guidance. Rotate to select an item. Press
.
The following items are available: Go Home: Sets your home address as a destination.
2 Going Home P. 11
Address: Sets a destination by entering an address. 2 Address P. 116
Place Category: Sets a destination by selecting a place/landmark. 2 Place Category P. 125
Previous Destination: Sets a destination by selecting a previous destination. 2 Previous Destination P. 124
Address Book: Sets a destination by selecting an address stored in your Address Book.
2 Address Book P. 123
Place Name: Sets a destination by entering a place name. 2 Place Name P. 129
Local Search: Sets a destination by using Local Search. 2 Local Search P. 127
uuEntering a Destinationu N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 115
Place Phone Number: Sets a destination by entering the phone number of a place/landmark.
2 Place Phone Number P. 132
Intersection: Sets a destination (intersection) by entering two streets. 2 Intersection P. 135
Download POI: Sets a destination by using a list of the imported POI (category and places) data you created.
2 Download POI P. 133
Select using Map: Sets a destination by scrolling through the map. 2 Select using Map P. 136
Scenic Route: Sets a destination by using a list of scenic roads for each state or province (U.S. and Canada only).
2 Scenic Route P. 134
Coordinate: Sets a destination by entering latitude and longitude. 2 Coordinate P. 138
Navigation Settings: Sets the personal information and basic navigational preferences.
2 Personal Information P. 37 2 Routing P. 49 2 Map P. 65
115
116
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 116
Address H ENTER/MENU button u Address
Enter an address to use as the destination. The state or province you are currently in is displayed (e.g., California).
Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: City: Selects your destination city.
2 Selecting a City P. 119
Street: Selects your destination street. 2 Selecting a Street P. 120
ZIP Code (U.S.)/Postal Code (Canada): Enters the zip code or postal code to select the city.
2 Selecting a City by Zip Code or Postal Code P. 118
House Number: Enters the house number to select the street. 2 Selecting a Street by House Number P. 122
Change State (U.S.)/Change Province (Canada): Selects the state or province. 2 Selecting the State or Province P. 117
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress N
avig atio
n
1 Selecting the State or Province
Move or to select the following areas: USA for the U.S. mainland, Alaska, Hawaii, and
Puerto Rico Canada Mexico
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 117
H ENTER/MENU button u Address u Change State/Change Province
Rotate to select a state or province from the list. Press .
Selecting the State or Province
Continued 117
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress
118
N avig
atio n
1 Selecting a City by Zip Code or Postal Code
If your city is not listed, it may be part of a larger metropolitan area. Try entering the street first.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 118
H ENTER/MENU button u Address u ZIP Code/Postal Code
1. Enter the zip code or postal code of your destination.
2. Select Search.
3. Rotate to select the destination city from the list. Press
. u Next, you are prompted to
enter a street name. 2 Selecting a Street P. 120
Selecting a City by Zip Code or Postal Code
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress N
avig atio
n
1 Selecting a City
Vehicle position may not be displayed when: The vehicle is traveling off-road. The vehicle position data cannot be updated. You do not need to enter spaces or symbols (e.g., &, -, %). Partial matches are supported (e.g., ANGELES to find LOS ANGELES).
If your city is not listed, it may be part of a larger metropolitan area. Try entering the street first.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 119
H ENTER/MENU button u Address u City
The name of the city where you are currently located is displayed. 1. Enter the name of a different city,
or select Search without entering a letter for the current city.
2. Rotate to select your destination city from the list. Press
. u A list of matching hits is
automatically displayed after you enter several letters, with the closest match at the top of the list. Matching letters are highlighted.
u Next, you are prompted to enter a street name. 2 Selecting a Street P. 120
Selecting a City
Non-detailed area mark: Try entering the street first and then select the city.
Continued 119
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress
120
N avig
atio n
1 Selecting a Street
When entering the names of major freeways/ highways, you can use the following abbreviations. For interstates, use an I (e.g., I-10). For U.S. freeways, use US (e.g., US-18). For state freeways, use the two-character state designation (e.g., CA- 101). For county roads, use the appropriate designation (e.g., G-2). For Trans-Canada and Provincial highways, use Hwy (HWY-7). For County roads, use CR (CR- 32). For Regional Roads, use RR (RR-5).
If you did not select a city first and there is more than one city with the specified street, a list of cities is displayed.
Rotate to select the desired city from the list. Press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 120
H ENTER/MENU button u Address u Street
1. Enter the name of your destination street. u Do not enter the street type
(e.g., street, road, avenue) or direction (e.g., north, south, east, west).
u Select Search without entering a letter to display a list of streets.
2. Rotate to select your destination street from the list. Press . u A list of matching hits is
automatically displayed after you enter several letters, with the closest match at the top of the list. Matching letters are highlighted.
Selecting a Street
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 121
3. Enter the street number. u Only valid street numbers can
be entered. 4. Select Search. 5. Set the route to your destination.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
121Continued
122
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 122
H ENTER/MENU button u Address u House Number
1. Enter the house number. u Only a valid house number can
be entered. 2. Select Search.
u If you did not yet select a street name, enter a street name when you are prompted.
3. Rotate to select your destination street from the list. Press . u Select a city when you are
prompted. 4. Set the route to your destination.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
Selecting a Street by House Number
uuEntering a DestinationuAddress Book N
avig atio
n
1 Address Book
If you have PIN-protected your address book, enter your PIN when prompted. Press to select OK. PINs are optional.
2 PIN Numbers P. 45
Move and rotate to select the following items: Add New Address: Adds an entry to the address
book. 2 Adding an Address Book Entry P. 39
Sort: Selects Sort by Name or Sort by Distance. Delete All: Deletes all entries in the address book. Driver 1 or Driver 2: Displays the address book for
the selected user.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 123
Address Book H ENTER/MENU button u Address Book
Select an address stored in your address book to use as the destination. 1. Rotate to select your
destination from the list. Press . 2. Set the route to your destination.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
u Move or to display only the entries in the categories you have created. 2 Selecting an Address Book
Category P. 42
123
124
uuEntering a DestinationuPrevious Destination
N avig
atio n
1 Previous Destination
If Previous Destination is grayed out, there are no previous destinations entered.
Your home address and addresses stored in your address book are not added to the list of previous destinations.
Rotate to select Delete All to delete all previous destinations.
You can delete unwanted previous destinations from the list.
2 Previous Destination P. 46
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 124
Previous Destination H ENTER/MENU button u Previous Destination
Select an address from a list of your 50 most recent destinations to use as the destination. The list is displayed with the most recent destination at the top.
1. Rotate to select a destination from the list. Press .
2. Set the route to your destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
uuEntering a DestinationuPlace Category N
avig atio
n
1 Place Category
This option is convenient if you do not know the exact name of a place or if you want to narrow down the number of matches returned for places with a common name.
Move to select History to access your recently used place categories. Up to 30 categories can be stored.
You can also delete your recently used place categories.
2 Category History P. 47
Search POI Categories helps you to search the subcategory. When you enter a keyword and select OK, the list of appropriate subcategories is displayed.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 125
Place Category H ENTER/MENU button u Place Category
Select the category of a place (e.g., Banking, Lodging, Restaurant) stored in the map database to search for the destination.
1. Rotate to select a category. Press .
2. Rotate to select a subcategory. Press .
125Continued
uuEntering a DestinationuPlace Category
126
N avig
atio n
1 Place Category
The straight line distance (as the crow flies, not driving distance) and direction to the destination are displayed for the highlighted place.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 126
3. Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Search by Name: Searches for a place in the subcategory by name. Enter a place
name when prompted. Sort by Distance to Travel: Displays all the places in the subcategory sorted by
distance from your current location. The closest place is displayed at the top. City Vicinity: Searches for a place in the subcategory within a 20 mile (32 km)
radius of a specific city. Enter a city name when prompted and then select a city. 4. Rotate to select a destination
from the list. Press . 5. Set the route to your destination.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
uuEntering a DestinationuLocal Search N
avig atio
n
1 Local Search
When you select Search by keyword, the list of appropriate categories is displayed.
The screen in this section may differ from the actual ones.
Local Search is a subscription service. For more information, contact an Acura dealer or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada).
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 127
Local Search H ENTER/MENU button u Local Search
Select a place via Local Search database as the destination. 1. Rotate to select a category
(e.g., Community). Press .
2. Rotate to select a subcategory. Press .
127Continued
128
uuEntering a DestinationuLocal Search
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 128
3. Rotate to select an item. Press .
4. Set the route to your destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
The following items are available: Search nearby: Finds the nearest POI around your vehicle. Search near a point on the map: Selects a POI by scrolling the Interface Dial on
the map screen. Search around destination: Selects a POI around the destination. Search the
category by scrolling the Interface Dial.
uuEntering a DestinationuPlace Name N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 129
Place Name H ENTER/MENU button u Place Name
Enter the name of a place (e.g., business, hotel, restaurant) stored in the map database to use as the destination.
1. Enter a place name. 2. Select Search to display a list of
matching hits.
3. Rotate to select a place name from the list. Press . u If the place name is in multiple
categories, the categories are displayed when you select it. 2 Place Name in Multiple
Categories P. 130
4. Set the route to your destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
129Continued
uuEntering a DestinationuPlace Name
130
N avig
atio n
1 Place Name in Multiple Categories
Matching letters are highlighted.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 130
If the place name is in multiple categories in the map database, the following screen is displayed.
1. Rotate to select a place name. Move .
2. Rotate to select a subcategory. Press .
Place Name in Multiple Categories
uuEntering a DestinationuPlace Name N
avig atio
n
1 Place Name in Multiple Categories
Rotate to select Sort by City or Sort by Distance. Press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 131
3. Rotate to select a place. Select and press .
4. Set the route to your destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
131
132
uuEntering a DestinationuPlace Phone Number
N avig
atio n
1 Place Phone Number
All 10 digits must be entered.
Phone numbers of private residences entered in your address book are not stored in the database and thus cannot be used to search for a destination.
A list is displayed if there are multiple locations in the database with the same phone number. Rotate to select a place from the list. Press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 132
Place Phone Number H ENTER/MENU button u Place Phone Number
Select a destination by phone number. Only phone numbers in the database are recognized.
1. Enter the area code and phone number.
2. Select OK. 3. Set the route to your destination.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
uuEntering a DestinationuDownload POI N
avig atio
n
1 Download POI
Rotate to select Options. The following items are available: Import from USB: Imports POI data into the
navigation system. 2 Importing POI Categories P. 48
Delete All: Deletes all POI entries. Help with Feature: Views tips for the Download
POI feature.
If you select From AcuraLink, you can download POI data stored on the AcuraLink server.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 133
Download POI H ENTER/MENU button u Download POI
Select a place imported into the navigation system as the destination. 1. Rotate to select a category
from the list. Press .
2. Rotate to select a place. Press .
3. Set the route to your destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
133
134
uuEntering a DestinationuScenic Route
N avig
atio n
1 Scenic Route
If you select a scenic road that runs through multiple states or provinces, only the portion of the road in the selected state or province is displayed.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 134
Scenic Route H ENTER/MENU button u Scenic Route
Select a scenic road as a destination (U.S. and Canada only). 1. Rotate to select a state/
province. Press .
2. Rotate to select a scenic road. Press .
3. Set the route to your destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
uuEntering a DestinationuIntersection N
avig atio
n
1 Intersection
It is usually easier to select Street to find the streets first. The city or cities that the streets are in will be displayed. If you select City and your city is not listed, it may be part of a larger metropolitan area. Try entering the street first.
If the intersection is outside the state or province you are currently in, rotate to select Change State/ Change Province.
2 Selecting the State or Province P. 117
If there is more than one intersection, you are prompted to select the intersection. If the two streets that you have selected do not intersect, no intersection is entered.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 135
Intersection H ENTER/MENU button u Intersection
Select the intersection of two streets as the destination. The state or province for your current location is displayed at the top of the screen (e.g., California).
1. Rotate to select the intersection search method. Press
. 2. Set the route to your destination.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
The following options are available: City: Selects the city where the intersection is located. You are prompted to enter
the name of the two intersecting streets. 2 Selecting a City P. 119
Street: Selects the two intersecting streets. The city or cities that the streets are located in are displayed.
2 Selecting a Street P. 120
Change State (U.S.)/Change Province (Canada): Selects the state or province. 2 Selecting the State or Province P. 117
135
136
uuEntering a DestinationuSelect using Map
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 136
Select using Map H ENTER/MENU button u Select using Map
Use the Interface Dial to manually select an icon or a location on the map screen as the destination. You are prompted to define the map area to display.
1. Rotate to select an item. Press .
The following items are available: Current Position: Your current location is centered on the map. City: You are prompted to select the city.
2 Selecting a City P. 119
State (U.S.)/Province (Canada): You are prompted to select the state or province.
2 Selecting the State or Province P. 117
USA, Canada and Mexico: Your current location is displayed on a map of the country.
uuEntering a DestinationuSelect using Map N
avig atio
n
1 Select using Map
Auto Zoom Press repeatedly on the map to zoom in (to the scale 1/4 mile (400 m)) while scrolling the map.
Information icons are displayed at scales from 1 mile to 1/4 mile (1.6 km to 400 m). Place/landmark icons are displayed at 1/8 mile (200 m) or less. Roads are displayed at 1/4 mile (400 m) or less.
If you select multiple icons within the cursor radius, you are prompted to select one of the items from a list.
2 Selecting a Destination on the Map P. 177
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 137
2. Scroll the map to position the cursor over your desired destination, adjusting the map scale as necessary. u If the address is not the desired
location, scroll the map to another location and try again.
3. Press to display the route calculation menu.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
4. Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press .
137
138
uuEntering a DestinationuCoordinate
N avig
atio n
1 Coordinate
Latitude and longitude must be entered up to the seconds value.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 138
Coordinate H ENTER/MENU button u Coordinate
Specify a location using latitude and longitude map coordinates. 1. Enter the latitude and select OK. 2. Enter the longitude and select OK.
3. Scroll the map to position the cursor over your desired destination, adjusting the map scale as necessary. u If the address is not the desired
location, scroll to another location and try again.
4. Press to display the route calculation menu.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
5. Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 139
Calculating the Route
avig atio
n
1 Calculating the Route
The straight line distance (as the crow flies, not driving distance) and direction to the destination are displayed.
You cannot use voice commands while the system is calculating the route.
Search Nearby You can find the nearest place/landmark (e.g., nearest gas station) by specifying a category.
2 Find Nearest Place P. 176
Call You can place a telephone call to the destination phone number.
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 264
Save to Address Book You can add the destination address to the address book.
2 Adding an Address Book Entry P. 39
Edit/Delete Entry You can edit or delete the address book entry.
2 Editing an Address Book Entry P. 42 2 Deleting an Address Book Entry P. 43
This section describes how to calculate your route. 1. Rotate to select Set as
Destination. Press . u The system calculates and
displays the route line on the map screen.
2 Route Line P. 144
u Move to scroll the map around the destination.
The following options are available: Route Preference: Changes the route preferences (calculating method).
2 Route Preference P. 50
View Routes: Displays three different routes. 2 Viewing the Routes P. 141
139Continued
uuCalculating the Routeu
140
N avig
atio n
1 Calculating the Route
Edit Home Entry You can edit your home address entry.
2 Home Address P. 44
More Information You can view detailed information about the destination.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 140
2. Follow the route guidance to your destination.
2 Driving to Your Destination P. 142
u The system provides you with pop-up messages if your route passes through unverified areas, avoid areas, or areas with traffic restrictions.
uuCalculating the RouteuViewing the Routes N
avig atio
n
1 Viewing the Routes
It is not unusual for some calculated route options to be identical.
Server Routes is a subscription service. For more information, contact an Acura dealer or visit www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink.
Canadian models
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 141
Viewing the Routes View three different routes to your destination.
Rotate to select a route. Press .
u The travel distance and estimated travel time is displayed for each route.
u The system calculates and displays the route line on the map screen.
2 Route Line P. 144
Using the Server Route
The following items are available: Quick: Displays the route with the shortest travel time. Direct: Displays the route with the shortest travel distance. Eco: Displays the route with the best fuel efficiency.
141
142
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 142
Driving to Your Destination
1 Viewing the Route
You can change the map scale by rotating .
If you scroll the map while en route, the time and distance to destination indicators are replaced with an indicator displaying the distance from the current vehicle position.
You can display only the map screen or a split map- guidance screen.
2 Guidance Mode P. 59
This section describes how to follow the route guidance to your destination, receive traffic information and choose the icons displayed on the map screen.
Viewing the Route
After calculating the route to your destination, the route is displayed on the map screen.
2 Map Screen Legend P. 9
As you drive, the system tracks your position on the map in real time and provides guidance as you approach each guidance point on the route.
2 During Route Guidance P. 10
Map Screen
uuDriving to Your DestinationuViewing the Route N
avig atio
n
1 Guidance Screen
A visual guide helps you check the guidance screen. 2 Guidance Screen P. 10
Turn-by-Turn Directions The next guidance point appears on the multi- information display.
2 Turn-by-Turn Directions P. 10
You can turn this feature on or off using the multi- information display. See the Owners Manual for instructions.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 143
The guidance screen offers an alternative way to view your route. u The next guidance point is
displayed as you approach each guidance point on the route.
u You can also view a list of guidance directions.
Guidance Screen
Continued 143
uuDriving to Your DestinationuViewing the Route
144
N avig
atio n
1 Route Line
You can set Unverified Routing to Off to follow your own route to the destination. If Unverified Routing is On, be aware that unverified streets may not be displayed accurately.
2 Unverified Routing P. 52
The route line may also consist of red, orange, or green segments when traffic information is displayed.
2 Traffic Information*/AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM* P. 14
2 Traffic ReroutingTM P. 159
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 144
When driving on verified streets, the route line is light blue. The route line display changes when driving on unverified streets:
If Unverified Routing is Off, the route line uses verified streets only (when possible). If Straight Line Guide is set to On, a pink vector line pointing directly towards your destination is displayed.
2 Straight Line Guide P. 74
If Unverified Routing is On, the route line changes to a blue-pink line to indicate that the route line uses unverified streets.
Route Line
Straight line guide
Blue-pink route line
* Not available on all models
uuDriving to Your DestinationuViewing the Route N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 145
If you leave the calculated route, the system automatically recalculates a route to the desired destination based on your current location and direction.
2 Route Preference P. 50
Deviating From the Planned Route
145Continued
uuDriving to Your DestinationuViewing the Route
146
N avig
atio n
1 Tracking Dots
A message Not on a digitized road may appear when you drive 1/2 mile (800 m) away from a mapped road.
Breadcrumbs may occasionally be displayed in urban areas, such as large parking lots in shopping malls, in new subdivisions where the roads are not yet in the database, or in areas where a GPS signal is unavailable, such as in a parking garage.
Breadcrumbs are limited to approximately 150 miles (240 km). Breadcrumbs at the beginning of the trail are deleted if you exceed that distance.
Breadcrumbs are displayed only at 1/20, 1/8, 1/4, and 1/2 mile (80, 200, 400, and 800 m) map scales.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 146
You can display a series of dots (breadcrumbs) to track the path you are taking. If needed, you can follow the dots back to the mapped road you originally left.
2 Display Tracking P. 75
Tracking Dots
uuDriving to Your DestinationuListening to Voice Guidance N
avig atio
n
1 Listening to Voice Guidance
You can turn voice guidance OFF if you prefer. Press the SETTINGS button. Select System Settings and set Guidance Volume to 0. You can also adjust Guidance Volume by rotating the volume knob while the route guidance or voice command confirmations is announced.
When driving in unverified areas, the phrase if possible is inserted before each voice guidance prompt.
Repeat Guidance in the Map/Route Menu may be grayed out if: The system is in process of gathering the route
guidance information. The vehicle is out of the road (e.g., pulling in a
parking lot).
The timing of voice guidance varies depending on the type of road you are on and the distance to the next guidance point.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 147
Listening to Voice Guidance As you approach each guidance point, a pop-up window is displayed on the map screen with instructions for you to follow. Voice guidance for each guidance point is also provided. Typically, you hear three prompts: 1/2 mile (800 m) from the guidance point (2 miles (3 km) on freeway/highway) 1/4 mile (400 m) from the guidance point (1 mile (1.5 km) on freeway/highway) Just before the guidance point To replay voice guidance, press and rotate to select Repeat Guidance in the Map/Route Menu. If you select Repeat Guidance between guidance points, voice guidance for the next guidance point is provided.
147
148
uuDriving to Your DestinationuReaching a Waypoint
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 148
Reaching a Waypoint When you reach a waypoint, a pop-up message is displayed. You can continue or pause the route guidance.
Rotate to select No to pause the route guidance. Press . u Select Yes to continue the guidance.
You can resume the route guidance in the following ways: Restart the engine after you stop your vehicle (e.g., to rest, stop for gas, etc.).
2 Resuming Your Trip P. 179
Select Resume Guidance from the navigation menu or the Map/Route menu. 2 Map/Route Menu P. 149 2 Changing Your Route P. 162
Resuming the Route Guidance
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 149
Map/Route Menu
avig atio
n
1 Map/Route Menu
If you scroll the map while en route, press the NAV (or BACK) button to return to the current position map screen, then press .
Displaying the Map/Route Menu Use the Map/Route Menu to control the icons displayed on the screen and to display traffic information and messages. You can also use the Map/Route Menu to find locations or to cancel the route.
1. On the map screen, press . u When en route, the Map/Route
Menu is displayed on the map screen.
u When not en route, move to select Map/Route.
2. Rotate to select an item. Press .
149Continued
uuMap/Route MenuuDisplaying the Map/Route Menu
150
N avig
atio n
1 Map/Route Menu
Directions The system provides freeway/highway exit information only in the U.S.
Traffic Incidents You must be in or near a traffic-enabled city to receive coverage for that area. Traffic information is available in certain areas in the lower 48 states.
2 Traffic Information P. 370
You must have an AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM subscription to receive traffic information.
2 AcuraLink P. 308
The incident icons are displayed on the 5 mile (8 km) or less map scale.
2 Map Scale and Functions P. 154
Canadian models
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 150
The following items are available: Repeat Guidance: Select to replay the voice guidance when en route.
2 Listening to Voice Guidance P. 147
Cancel Route: Cancels the route guidance. 2 Canceling the Route P. 163
Pause Guidance: Pauses your current route. 2 Pausing the Route P. 163
Resume Guidance: Resumes your current route. This item is displayed while the route guidance is paused.
View Routes: Displays three different routes to your destination. 2 Viewing the Routes P. 141
Directions: Displays a list of the guidance points. 2 Directions P. 157
Detour: Calculates a detour route. 2 Taking a Detour P. 175
Avoid Streets: Avoids streets along your route. 2 Avoiding Streets P. 175
Exit Information: 2 Freeway/Highway Exit Information P. 158
Destination List: Shows a list of waypoints. You can delete waypoints or edit the order of them.
2 Editing the Destination List P. 170
Search Nearby: Allows you to find the nearest place/landmark (e.g., nearest gas station) by specifying a category. You can then add the location to the list of destinations, set as a waypoint, or set as your destination.
2 Find Nearest Place P. 176
Current Location: Displays information about your current location. 2 Current Location P. 152
uuMap/Route MenuuDisplaying the Map/Route Menu N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 151
Traffic Incidents: Displays a list of the traffic incidents around your current location or on your current route.
2 Traffic ReroutingTM P. 159
Map Legend: Displays an overview of the map lines, areas, routes, traffic information, and navigation icons.
2 Map Legend P. 153
Navigation Settings: Allows you to select the map and guidance settings (display mode, icons to display on the map, map orientation, map color, and 3D view angle).
2 Guidance Mode P. 59 2 Showing Icons on Map P. 67 2 Color P. 69 2 View (Map Orientation) P. 72 2 3D Angle Adjustment P. 73
151
152
uuMap/Route MenuuCurrent Location
N avig
atio n
1 Current Location
If you have PIN-protected your address book, enter your PIN when prompted. Select OK. PINs are optional.
2 PIN Numbers P. 45
The elevation is not displayed if the system is receiving insufficient GPS information. When elevation is displayed, it may differ with roadside elevation signs by 100 ft (30 m) or more.
Saving your current location does not change or cancel your current route.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 152
Current Location H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Map/Route u Current Location
Display and save your current location for future use as a destination. The address, latitude, longitude, and elevation of your current location are displayed.
To save your current location in the address book: 1. Press to select Address Book.
u Move to scroll the map as necessary.
2. Edit the name, phone number, and category.
2 Address Book P. 38
3. Rotate to select Save / Delete. Press .
4. Rotate to select Save. Press .
uuMap/Route MenuuMap Legend N
avig atio
n
1 Map Legend
A visual guide helps you see the map legend. 2 Map Screen Legend P. 9 2 Traffic Information*/AcuraLink Real-Time
TrafficTM* P. 14
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 153
Map Legend H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Map/Route u Map Legend
Display an overview of the map lines, areas, routes, traffic information, and navigation icons.
Move or to select an item. u The system displays the map
legend.
153Continued * Not available on all models
uuMap/Route MenuuMap Legend
154
N avig
atio n
1 Map Scale and Functions
You can change between mile or km. 2 Unit Settings P. 33
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 154
The functions that are available from the map screen depend on the map scale.
Map Scale and Functions
Function page
Map Scale (top: mile, bottom: metric)
1/20 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 5 15 50 150 350 1000
80 200 400 800 1.6 3.2 8 24 80 240 560 1600
Icon display
Landmark icon 9
Exit info. 9
One-way traffic
9
Waypoint flag
10
Traffic incident 14
Map orientation
Heading-up 72
North-up 72
3D map 72
Others
Tracking dots 146
Unverified road 9
Map features 9
Avoid areas 56
Traffic speed 14
uuMap/Route MenuuMap Legend N
avig atio
n
1 Map Icons and Functions
Icon display control Icons that can be displayed or hidden using the Interface Dial or voice command.
Icon selectable Icons that can be selected as a destination using the Interface Dial.
Icon searchable Icons that can be searched using the Find Nearest voice command.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 155
Display or hide all icons on the map screen, with the exception of Honda/Acura Dealer icons which are always displayed.
Landmark icon
Map Icons and Functions
Type Icon display
control Icon selectable Icon searchable
Honda/Acura dealer Always on Yes Yes
Hospital Yes Yes Yes
School Yes Yes Yes
ATM Yes Yes Yes
Gas station Yes Yes Yes
Restaurants Yes Yes Yes
Post office Yes Yes Yes
Grocery store Yes Yes Yes
Hotel/Lodging Yes Yes Yes
Police station No icon No Yes
Shopping, Tourist attraction, Bank
No icon No Yes
Parking garage Yes Yes Yes
Parking lot Yes Yes Yes
Freeway/Highway exit info.
Yes Yes N/A
Continued 155
uuMap/Route MenuuMap Legend
156
N avig
atio n
1 Traffic icon
When you use the Interface Dial to position the cursor (round red circle) over the traffic incident icon, you can view the summary of the incident.
Press on the traffic incident icon to view a pop-up message describing the incident in detail.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 156
Traffic icon
Type Icon display
control Icon selectable Icon searchable
Traffic incident Yes No N/A
uuMap/Route MenuuDirections N
avig atio
n
1 Directions
The system provides freeway/highway exit information only in the U.S.
The route guidance information is automatically deleted when you reach your destination.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 157
Directions H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Map/Route u Directions
Display a list of the guidance points on your route for your confirmation. 1. Rotate to select a guidance
point from the list. Press . u The system displays a map of
the guidance point.
2. Press to select Back to the List or press the BACK button to return to the previous screen.
157Continued
uuMap/Route MenuuDirections
158
N avig
atio n
1 Freeway/Highway Exit Information
You can scroll the map and select a (Freeway/ Highway exit information) icon on the map screen to display the Freeway/Highway exit information. The
icon is only displayed if there is exit information available.
Icons are displayed only at 1/4, 1/2, or 1 mile (400 m, 800 m, or 1.6 km) scale.
2 Map Scale and Functions P. 154
The system provides freeway/highway exit information only in the U.S.
The route guidance information is automatically deleted when you reach your destination.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 158
H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Map/Route u Exit Information
Display a list of the Freeway/highway exits for the route. You can view freeway/high way exit information (whether the exit is near gas stations, restaurants, ATMs, etc.) and add new destinations or waypoints to the calculated route.
1. Rotate to select an exit from the list. Press .
2. Rotate to select a list item. Press . u Move or to display
information for different exits. u You can set the route to your
destination. 2 Calculating the Route P. 139
Freeway/Highway Exit Information
uuMap/Route MenuuTraffic ReroutingTM N
avig atio
n
1 Traffic ReroutingTM
Traffic information is only available in certain areas.
Automatic traffic rerouting may not provide a detour route depending on circumstances.
The route is recalculated only when Traffic Rerouting is set to On.
2 Traffic Rerouting P. 54
This feature requires an AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM subscription. AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM is a subscription service. For more information, contact an Acura dealer or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink.
Canadian models
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 159
Traffic ReroutingTM
When driving to your destination, the system automatically searches for a faster route based on traffic flow information and traffic incidents.
2 Traffic Information*/AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM* P. 14 2 Traffic Rerouting P. 54
159Continued * Not available on all models
uuMap/Route MenuuTraffic ReroutingTM
160
N avig
atio n
1 Traffic ReroutingTM Manually
You can choose to avoid up to 10 traffic incidents. It is not always possible for the system to calculate a route that avoids all traffic incidents or specific traffic incidents you select.
The On Route tab on the Traffic List screen is only available during route guidance.
You cannot select an incident to avoid from the All tab.
You can also manually detour around a traffic incident or unexpected delay even if you do not have an AcuraLink Real-Time TrafficTM subscription or the delay does not yet appear on your display.
2 Taking a Detour P. 175
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 160
H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Map/Route u Traffic Incidents
Manually avoid specific incidents and/or congestion on your route: 1. Rotate to select an incident
from the list. Press . u The system displays the map
screen and the incident location.
2. Rotate to select Avoid. Press .
u Repeat step 1 to 2 as necessary.
Traffic ReroutingTM Manually
uuMap/Route MenuuTraffic ReroutingTM N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 161
3. Rotate to select Recalculate Route. Press . u The system recalculates a
detour route that avoids the traffic incidents.
161
162
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 162
Changing Your Route
1 Changing Your Route
If you press when not en route, the Destination Menu screen is displayed.
2 Entering a Destination P. 114
H ENTER/MENU button (when en route)
This section describes how to alter your route, add an interim waypoint (pit stop), choose a different destination, cancel your current destination, and continue your trip after stopping.
Rotate to select an item. Press . 2 Map/Route Menu P. 149
uuChanging Your RouteuPausing the Route N
avig atio
n
1 Pausing the Route
You can also pause your route from the Map/Route Menu.
2 Map/Route Menu P. 149
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 163
Pausing the Route H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Pause Guidance
Pause the route guidance and return to the map screen. The destination icons and all waypoint flags remain displayed on the map. Press when en route and select Resume Guidance to resume the route guidance.
Canceling the Route H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Cancel Route
Cancel the route guidance and remove the destination and all waypoints from the destination list. The system then returns to the map screen.
163
164
uuChanging Your RouteuAdding Waypoints
N avig
atio n
1 Adding Waypoints
Waypoints allow you to stop for gas or food, for example, and then continue on to your destination.
Press the NAV button to return to the map screen without adding a waypoint at any time.
The search radius used for adding waypoints can be adjusted.
2 Edit POI Search Radius Along Route P. 55
You can delete waypoints or edit the order of waypoints in the destination list.
2 Editing the Destination List P. 170
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 164
Adding Waypoints Add up to four waypoints (pit stops) along the route to your destination.
Waypoints are displayed on the map screen as small, numbered red flags. The route follows the waypoints in the order they are listed in the Destination List.
uuChanging Your RouteuAdding Waypoints N
avig atio
n
1 Adding Waypoints from the Map/Route Menu
Search method
Search around method
Search along method 2 mi (3 km)
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 165
H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Destination List u Add New Destination u Find Along Route
1. Rotate to select a search method to add a waypoint. Press
.
The following items are available: Search Around: Searches in a spiral pattern around the location you select. Search Along: Searches within a corridor on either side of the locations you
select. 2. Rotate to select a waypoint
category (e.g., GAS STATION). Press .
Adding Waypoints from the Map/Route Menu
Continued 165
166
uuChanging Your RouteuAdding Waypoints
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 166
3. Rotate to select a place. Press .
u The waypoint is added to the Destination List.
4. Rotate to select a location and move the order of destinations. Press .
5. Rotate to select Options. Press .
uuChanging Your RouteuAdding Waypoints N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 167
6. Rotate to select Start Route. Press . u The route is automatically
recalculated and displayed on the map screen.
167Continued
uuChanging Your RouteuAdding Waypoints
168
N avig
atio n
1 Adding Waypoints from the Navigation Menu
You can edit the order of waypoints and destination. 2 Editing the Destination List P. 170
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 168
H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Destination List u Add New Destination u Use Navigation Menu
1. Rotate to select a method to enter a waypoint.
2 Entering a Destination P. 114
u A new destination is added to the end of the Destination list.
2. Rotate to select Options. Press .
Adding Waypoints from the Navigation Menu
uuChanging Your RouteuAdding Waypoints N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 169
3. Rotate to select Start Route. Press . u The route is automatically
recalculated and displayed on the map screen.
169
170
uuChanging Your RouteuEditing the Destination List
N avig
atio n
1 Editing the Order of Waypoints
Select Show All on Map to display the destination and waypoints on the map screen.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 170
Editing the Destination List
H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Destination List
1. Rotate to select Options. Press .
2. Rotate to select Edit Order. Press .
Editing the Order of Waypoints
uuChanging Your RouteuEditing the Destination List N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 171
3. Rotate to select a list item to move. Press .
4. Rotate to select a new location. Press .
5. Rotate to select Options. Press .
6. Rotate to select Start Route. Press . u The route is automatically
recalculated and displayed on the map screen.
171Continued
uuChanging Your RouteuEditing the Destination List
172
N avig
atio n
1 Deleting Waypoints
Select Show on Map to display the waypoint on the map screen.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 172
H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Destination List
1. Rotate to select a list item to delete. Press .
2. Rotate to select Delete. Press .
3. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
Deleting Waypoints
uuChanging Your RouteuEditing the Destination List N
avig atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 173
H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Destination List
1. Rotate to select Options. Press .
2. Rotate to select Delete All. Press .
Deleting All Waypoints
173Continued
174
uuChanging Your RouteuEditing the Destination List
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 174
3. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
uuChanging Your RouteuTaking a Detour N
avig atio
n
1 Taking a Detour
The detour option is convenient if you encounter an unexpected obstacle such as a road closure or extremely heavy traffic congestion.
1 Avoiding Streets
Avoiding certain streets is convenient if you know of road construction, road closures, or excessive traffic along the route.
You cannot choose specific streets you want to use, only those to avoid. However, you can select intersections or waypoints (places/landmarks) that the system will use in your route.
2 Adding Waypoints P. 164
You can store up to 10 streets to avoid. You cannot avoid your current street or the streets of your waypoint(s) or destination (system beeps if selected).
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 175
Taking a Detour H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Detour
Calculate a detour route manually. The system attempts to calculate a new route by avoiding the next 5 miles (8 km) (while on a freeway/highway) or 1 mile (1.6 km) (while on a surface street).
Avoiding Streets H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Avoid Streets
Select a street or streets along your route to avoid. 1. Rotate to select the street you
want to avoid. Press . u Repeat the procedure to avoid
other streets.
2. Rotate to select Recalculate Route. Press . u The system calculates a new
route.
175
176
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 176
Changing Your Destination
There are several methods you can use to change the route destination.
Find Nearest Place H ENTER/MENU button (on map) u Map/Route u Search Nearby
Search for the nearest place/landmark on the map screen and set it as your destination.
1. Rotate to select a category type. Press .
2. Rotate to select a place. Press .
3. Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press .
4. Rotate to select Clear Current Route. Press . u The route is automatically
recalculated and displayed on the map screen.
u Rotate to edit the order to set the location as a new waypoint. Press .
uuChanging Your DestinationuSelecting a Destination on the Map N
avig atio
n
1 Selecting a Destination on the Map
If there is more than one icon or street under the map cursor, you are prompted to select the item from a list. Rotate to select an item. Press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 177
Selecting a Destination on the Map Select a new destination when en route by selecting a location on the map.
1. Scroll the map to position the cursor over your desired destination, adjusting the map scale as necessary. Press . u If the address displayed is not
the desired location, press the BACK button and repeat the procedure.
2. Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press .
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
3. Rotate to select Clear Current Route. Press . u The route is automatically
recalculated and displayed on the map screen.
u Rotate to edit the order to set the location as a new waypoint. Press .
177
178
uuChanging Your DestinationuEntering a New Destination
N avig
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 178
Entering a New Destination H ENTER/MENU button (when en route) u Destination
Enter a new destination using the Destination Menu screen even when you are en route.
1. Rotate to select a method to enter a new destination.
2 Entering a Destination P. 114
u After entering a new destination, the address is displayed on the Calculate Route screen.
2. Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press .
3. Rotate to select Clear Current Route. Press . u The route is automatically
recalculated and displayed on the map screen.
u Rotate to edit the order to set the location as a new waypoint. Press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 179
Resuming Your Trip
avig atio
n
1 Resuming Your Trip
The Continue Trip screen has the same options as when you calculate a route.
2 Calculating the Route P. 139
You can also cancel your destination by pressing any hard button except the button.
Search Nearby You can find the nearest place/landmark (e.g., nearest gas station) by specifying a category.
2 Find Nearest Place P. 176 Call You can place a telephone call to the destination phone number.
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 264 Save to Address Book You can add the destination address to the address book.
2 Adding an Address Book Entry P. 39 Edit/Delete Entry You can edit or delete the address book entry.
2 Editing an Address Book Entry P. 42 2 Deleting an Address Book Entry P. 43
Edit Home Entry You can edit your home address entry.
2 Home Address P. 44 More Info You can view detailed information about the destination.
Stop your vehicle en route (e.g., to rest, stop for gas, etc.), and then continue on your route. If you did not complete your route, the Continue Trip screen is displayed when you restart your vehicle.
Rotate to select Set as Destination. Press . u You can continue on the same
route. u Move to scroll the map
around the destination. u Press the BACK button to cancel
your destination.
The following items are available:
Route Preference: Rotate to select Route Preference to change the route preferences (calculating method).
2 Route Preference P. 50
View Routes: Displays three different routes. 2 Viewing the Routes P. 141
179
180
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 180
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 181
Audio
This section describes how to operate the audio system. You can play music from a wide
array of media sources, and control the audio system using the audio buttons, the
Interface Dial, or voice control.
81
Audio System .................................................. 182 About Your Audio System.............................. 182 USB Port ........................................................ 183 Auxiliary Input Jack ........................................ 184 Audio System Theft Protection ....................... 184 Customizing Audio Source ............................. 185
Audio Remote Controls .................................. 186 Steering Wheel Controls ................................ 186
Audio Settings ................................................. 188 Adjusting the Sound ...................................... 190
Playing FM/AM Radio ..................................... 191 Selecting FM/AM Mode.................................. 191 Audio Screen Control..................................... 192 Audio Menu .................................................. 195
Playing SiriusXM Radio ................................. 196 Selecting SiriusXM Mode.............................. 196 Audio Screen Control..................................... 197 Audio Menu .................................................. 207
SiriusXM Radio Service..................................208 Playing a Disc ...................................................210
Selecting Disc Mode .......................................210 Audio Screen Control .....................................211 Audio Menu...................................................214 Recommended CDs........................................215
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ............217 Selecting HDD Mode ......................................217 Recording a Music CD to HDD........................218 Audio Screen Control .....................................219 Audio Menu...................................................222
Playing an iPod ................................................230 Selecting iPod Mode.......................................231 Audio Screen Control .....................................232 Audio Menu...................................................235 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) ....................................236
1
Playing Pandora*1 .......................................... 240 Selecting Pandora Mode .............................. 240 Audio Screen Control..................................... 241
Playing a USB Flash Drive ............................... 243 Selecting USB Mode....................................... 244 Audio Screen Control..................................... 245 Audio Menu .................................................. 248
Playing Bluetooth Audio .............................. 249 Selecting Bluetooth Audio Mode.................. 249 Audio Screen Control..................................... 250
Playing Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM ....... 252 Apple CarPlay .............................................. 252 Android AutoTM.............................................. 256 Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android
AutoTM......................................................... 261
*1: Available only on U.S. models.
182
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 182
Audio System
1 About Your Audio System
SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.
2 SiriusXM Radio Service P. 208
SiriusXM Radio is available in the U.S. and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3 in (80 mm) mini CDs are not supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to the optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses.
About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio, USB flash drives, iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices. You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port A
u d
io
1 USB Port
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
We recommend using an extension cable with the USB port.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times, or rebooting the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit the following website:
U.S.: www.apple.com/ipod. Canada: www.apple.com/ca/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does not output 2.5A unless requested by the device. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise in the radio you are listening to.
USB charge
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 183
USB Port Install the iPod or iPhone USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port. u The USB port (2.5A) is for
charging devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlay or Android AutoTM.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for Android AutoTM, the USB cables should be certified by USB-IF to be compliant with USB 2.0 Standard.
183
184
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
A u
d io
1 Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 184
Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the center console. 2. Open the AUX cover. 3. Connect a standard audio device
to the input jack using a 1/8 in (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically
switches to the AUX mode.
Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the (Power) button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
Reactivate the Audio System
uuAudio SystemuCustomizing Audio Source A
u d
io
1 Customizing Audio Source
This operation is not allowed while the vehicle is in motion.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 185
Customizing Audio Source You can customize the order of the source lists.
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Edit Source Order.
2. Select or .
You can also display the Edit Source Order screen by selecting and holding one of the items on the source list.
185
186
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 186
Audio Remote Controls
1 Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some functions may not be operated.
To select audio mode, press the SOURCE button, then move the left selector wheel to the right or left.
*: Pandora is available on U.S. models only.
Steering Wheel Controls Control basic audio system functions using the controls mounted on the steering wheel.
The information is shown on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
SOURCE Button
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
*
uuAudio Remote ControlsuSteering Wheel Controls A
u d
io
1 Left Selector Wheel
*: Pandora is available on U.S. models only.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 187
Roll Up to increase the volume. Roll Down to decrease the volume. Push to mute. Push again to unmute.
FM/AM, SiriusXM
Move to the right to select the next preset radio station. Move to the left to select the previous preset radio station. Move to the right and hold to scan to the next strong station or next channel.
(SiriusXM only) Move to the left and hold to scan to the previous strong station or previous
channel. (SiriusXM only)
CD, HDD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Move to the right to skip to the next song. Move to the left to go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Move to the right and hold to go to the group up. (Bluetooth Audio only) Move to the left and hold to go to the group down. (Bluetooth Audio only)
CD, HDD or USB flash drive Move to the right and hold to skip to the next folder. Move to the left and hold to go back to the previous folder.
Pandora*
Move to the right to skip to the next track. Move to the right and hold to select the next station. Move to the left and hold to select the previous station.
Left Selector Wheel
187
188
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 188
Audio Settings
H Audio Menu u Audio Settings
1. Select an audio mode you want to set.
2. Select an item.
The following items are available:
SiriusXM Play the Song from the Beginning: Selects whether to play the song from the
beginning. 2 Tune Start P. 196
SportsFlash (SiriusXM mode): Displays the SportsFlashTM list. If the favorite sport team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlashTM is displayed.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 202
Traffic & Weather Now Setup (SiriusXM mode): Displays the Traffic & Weather Now screen.
2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 204
Channel Art: Turns on and off the cover art display. TuneMix: Turns the TuneMix function on and off.
uuAudio Settingsu A
u d
io
1 Audio Settings
*1: This function is available on U.S. models only.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 189
CD/HDD Recording Options: Displays the recording method and sound quality screen. Recording from CD (CD mode): Selects whether the songs on music CDs are
automatically recorded to the HDD. Recording Quality (CD mode): Selects the quality of the music files recorded to
the HDD. HDD Information (HDD mode): Displays the HDD capacity. Update Gracenote Album Information (CD or HDD mode): Updates the
Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) from CD or USB. 2 Updating Gracenote Album Info P. 228
Delete All HDD Data (HDD mode): Resets all the menu and customized settings, and delete all music data on the HDD.
Other HD Radio Mode*1 (FM/AM mode): Selects whether the audio system
automatically switches to the digital radio waves or receives the analog waves only.
Cover Art (CD (MP3/WMA/AAC), iPod, USB, Pandora*, SiriusXM or HD Radio*1 mode): Turns on and off the cover art display.
189* Not available on all models
190
uuAudio SettingsuAdjusting the Sound
A u
d io
1 Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.
DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.
When available, DTS Neural Surround converts stereo sound into surround sound.
Instead of using , or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 190
Adjusting the Sound H Audio Menu u Sound Settings
Adjust the sound bass, treble, fader, and balance. You can also adjust the strength of the sound coming from the center and subwoofer speakers. In addition, you can set Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation (SVC) and DTS Neural Surround.
Use , or other icons to adjust the setting. The following items can be adjusted: Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance, Center, Subwoofer, SVC (Speed- sensitive Volume Compensation), DTS Neural Surround. u Use the / icons to turn the
page. u Select to go back to the
previous screen. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 191
Playing FM/AM Radio
u d
io
1 Selecting FM/AM Mode
You can control the AM/FM radio using voice commands.
2 Audio P. 390
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
The radio can receive the complete AM and FM bands: AM band: 530 to 1710 kHz FM band: 87.7 to 107.9 MHz
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.
Selecting FM/AM Mode 1. Select Source. 2. Select FM or AM.
u The band and frequency are displayed on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
191
192
uuPlaying FM/AM RadiouAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
1 Audio Screen Control
*1: This function is available on U.S. models only.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. HD RadioTM and the HD, HD Radio, and Arc logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 192
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong
signal. : Turns the preset page. Audio Menu: Display the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 195
Tune: Displays the manual input screen. Stations: Displays the list of receivable stations. HD Radio List*1: Displays the list when an HD RadioTM station is selected. SCAN: Scans for stations with a strong signal in the current band and plays a 10-
second sample. Select Stop Scan to stop scanning and play the current selection.
Preset Memory To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select and hold a desired number you want to store the station. To listen to a stored station, select the station number.
Preset screen
Select Tune.
Select .
Tune screen
Station Number
uuPlaying FM/AM RadiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 193
Manual Input
To use the numbered keys: 1. Select Tune. 2. Input the frequency. 3. Select OK. To use the frequency bar: 1. Touch the frequency indicator at the place you want to select. 2. Release from the frequency bar.
u Use the / to turn the radio frequency. u Use the to search the selected band up or down for a station with a
strong signal.
193Continued
194
uuPlaying FM/AM RadiouAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 194
H Stations
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
To find an RDS station from Station List Select the station.
Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. Select Refresh.
Radio Data System
uuPlaying FM/AM RadiouAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 195
Audio Menu H Audio Menu
Select a setting item. u Use the / icons to turn the
page. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings: Displays the sound preferences screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
Radio Text: Displays the text information broadcasted by the current RDS station.
Audio Settings: Displays the audio setting screen. 2 Audio Settings P. 188
Screen Settings: Adjusts the screens preferences. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 112
195
196
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 196
Playing SiriusXM Radio
1 Playing SiriusXM Radio
You can control the SiriusXM radio using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 6
In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.
You can store 12 SiriusXM stations into the preset memory.
SiriusXM Radio station load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded, you can scroll up or down to make your selections.
Tune Start When you change a channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off from the Play the Song from the Beginning setting.
Selecting SiriusXM Mode 1. Select Source. 2. Select SiriusXM.
u The band and channel are displayed on the On Demand Multi-Use displayTM.
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 197
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Select to display and select an SiriusXM Radio category or channel
number. : Select to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to change the
channel rapidly. : Turns the preset page. Audio Menu: Displays the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 207
Browse: Displays the channel list of categories, channels or featured channels types.
Tune: Displays the manual input screen. Presets/Controls: Changes between the presets mode and controls mode of the
replay function. Channel/Category: Changes between the channel mode and category mode.
Select Tune.
Preset screen Tune screen
Select .
Station Number
197Continued
198
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 198
Preset Memory To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets. 3. Select and hold a desired number you want to store the station. To listen to a stored station, select the station number.
Manual Input
To use the numbered keys: 1. Select Tune. 2. Input the frequency. 3. Select OK. To use the channel bar: 1. Touch the channel indicator at the place you want to select. 2. Release from the channel bar.
u Use the / icons to the previous or next channel. u Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Channel Indicator Channel Bar
Channel Number
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup the TuneMix setting to On.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 199
Multi-channel preset (for music channels only) You can store up to four of your preferred music channels per preset and listen to them randomly.
1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold the preset number
for the channel you want to store.
3. Select Add. 4. Select Done to return the previous
screen.
To delete a multi-channel preset: 1. Select and hold the preset number for the channel you want to delete. 2. Select the channel icon. 3. Select Delete. 4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
Channel Icon
Select and hold.
Continued 199
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control
200
A u
d io
1 Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 200
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Select Browse. 2. Select Featured Channels. 3. Select a channel.
You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM. 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select View Channel Schedule.
You can also check another channel by the following procedure. 1. Select Categories, Channels or Presets. 2. Select a channel.
Listening to Featured Channels
Displaying a Channel Schedule
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory
(A)
(B)
(C)
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 201
The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each broadcast.
1. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Controls.
2. Select an option. 2 Playing SiriusXM Radio
P. 196
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details. Select to display the previous screen. : Pauses or plays a storing broadcast. : Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel. : Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to
fast-rewind the current selection. : Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current selection.
Returning to real-time broadcast Select while listening to the playback channel.
Replay Function
Continued 201
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control
202
A u
d io
1 Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function is available in SiriusXM mode only.
1 To set up a sports alert
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM mode is on. Selecting Enable once from customized settings disables the alert feature the next time you turn the power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 78
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 202
While listening to other channels, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.
To set up a sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select SportsFlash. 5. Select Notification, then select
Enable. 6. Select Favorite Teams, then
select a team.
Live Sports Alert
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 203
Receiving a sports alert 1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert. 2. Select Listen Now.
The following items are available: : Pauses or plays a current sports alert. : Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored sports alert. : Skips to the next stored sports alert. : Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to
fast-rewind the current sports alert. : Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold
to fast-forward the current sports alert. Back: Returns to the previous channel.
Listening to a missed sports alert 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select SportsFlash. 3. Select an item.
203Continued
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control
204
A u
d io
1 Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function at SiriusXM mode only.
Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 204
You can receive the SiriusXM traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM mode.
To set up a traffic & weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Audio Settings. 3. Select SiriusXM. 4. Select Traffic & Weather Now
Setup. 5. Select a city.
Traffic and Weather Information
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 205
Listening a traffic and weather information 1. Select Audio Menu. 2. Select Traffic & Weather Now.
The following items are available: : Pauses or plays a stored broadcast. : Returns to real-time broadcast. : Skips to the previously stored channel. : Skips to the next channel. : Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to
fast-rewind the current broadcast. : Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold
to fast-forward the current broadcast. Back: Returns to previous channel.
205Continued
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Screen Control
206
A u
d io
1 Scan
You can select desired channel by songs using Scan Songs in Presets.
The Scan Songs in Presets function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.
The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.
TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
Scan Mode Menu Items Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong signal in the selected mode. Scan Songs in Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by songs. Select (skip up) or (skip down) to skip to the next/previous stored selection.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 206
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls. 2. Select SCAN. 3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Songs in Presets. To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
Scan
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 207
Audio Menu H Audio Menu
Select a setting item. u Use the / icons to turn the
page. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings: Displays the sound preferences screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
SportsFlash: Displays the SportsFlash screen. 2 Live Sports Alert P. 202
Traffic & Weather Now: Displays the Traffic & Weather Now screen. 2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 204
View Channel Schedule: Displays the View Channel Schedule screen. 2 Displaying a Channel Schedule P. 200
Audio Settings: Displays the audio setting screen. 2 Audio Settings P. 188
Screen Settings: Adjusts the screens preferences. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 112
207
208
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouSiriusXM Radio Service
A u
d io
1 Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: U.S.: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com/ subscribenow or 1-877-447-0011 Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/ subscribe-now, or 1-877-438-9677
1 Receiving SiriusXM Radio
The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.
You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 208
SiriusXM Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the display: Operate the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM until CH000 appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM mode by pressing the SOURCE button on the steering wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.
Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Receiving SiriusXM Radio
uuPlaying SiriusXM RadiouSiriusXM Radio Service A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 209
Loading: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Unsubscribed channel: You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Unavailable channel: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.
SiriusXM Radio Display Messages
209
210
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 210
Playing a Disc
1 Playing a Disc
NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
Selecting Disc Mode 1. Insert a disc into the disc slot.
u The disc automatically begins playing. 2. Select Source. 3. Select CD.
uuPlaying a DiscuAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 211
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Skips to the next folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC. : Skips to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC. : Selects to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Selects and hold to move rapidly within a track/file. Audio Menu: Displays the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 214
Track List/Search: Displays the music search list screen. : Repeats the current track/file.
2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 213
SCAN: Selects to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks/files. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 213
: Plays tracks/files in random order. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 213
211Continued
212
uuPlaying a DiscuAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 212
H Search
1. Select a folder. 2. Select a track.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/ AAC)
uuPlaying a DiscuAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10- second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.
Repeat (repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track/file.
(repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
Random (random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in random order.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 213
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file. Scan Select SCAN to provide 10-second sampling of each tracks/files.
Random/Repeat Select the repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode appears.
To turn off a play mode To turn off the scan mode, select Stop Scan. To turn off the random/repeat mode, select the repeat or random icon repeatedly.
How to Select a Play Mode
Repeat Icon Random Icon
213
214
uuPlaying a DiscuAudio Menu
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 214
Audio Menu H Audio Menu
Select a setting item. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The following items are available, depending on the type of disc: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings: Displays the sound preferences screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
Audio Settings: Displays the audio setting screen. 2 Audio Settings P. 188
Screen Settings: Displays the screen preferences screen. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 112
uuPlaying a DiscuRecommended CDs A
u d
io
1 Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, DTS Digital Surround, and DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc. DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 215
Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC Files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
Also includes:
215Continued
uuPlaying a DiscuRecommended CDs
216
A u
d io
1 Protecting CDs
NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
With Label/ Sticker
Using Printer Label Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
Bubbled/ Wrinkled
Warped Burrs
3 in (80 mm) CD
Chipped/ Cracked
Small CDs
Poor quality CDs
Damaged CDs
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 216
Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 217
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
u d
io
1 Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
You can control the HDD audio using voice commands.
2 Audio P. 390 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 236
Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded onto CDs or other devices.
Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed using ultra-efficient compression technology; therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the original.
If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and cannot be recovered.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the display.
2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 357
The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play the tracks using various search methods.
Selecting HDD Mode 1. Select Source. 2. Select HDD.
u Title information is displayed if found in the Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) stored on the HDD.
u The HDD has two types of playlists: original playlists and user playlists. An original playlist is automatically created for each album when a music CD is recorded. You can customize up to six user playlists provided on the HDD by adding tracks from your original playlists.
217
218
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouRecording a Music CD to HDD
A u
d io
1 Recording a Music CD to HDD
You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on the HDD.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 224 2 Editing Track Information P. 226
If you stop the engine or the power system is turned off while recording a CD, there may be pauses between songs when you play back from the HDD.
Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available during recording.
You can play music from other sources (e.g., SiriusXM, HDD, etc.) while recording.
Please note that there is no compensation offered in the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.
Clearing the HDD Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 218
Recording a Music CD to HDD The songs on music CDs are automatically recorded by factory default to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs directly from the HDD.
Select . (in CD mode)
Select . (in CD mode)
Stopping Recording
Recording a CD Manually
Recording
Ready to record
Select Track List.
Select .
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 219
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Skips to the next playlist/album. : Skips to the beginning of the previous playlist/album. : Selects to change tracks.
Selects and hold to move rapidly within a track. Audio Menu: Displays the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 222
Browse: Displays the music search list screen. 2 How to Select a Track from the Music Search List P. 223
: Repeats the current track. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 220
SCAN: Selects to provides 10-second sampling of each tracks. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 220
: Plays tracks in random order. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 220
219Continued
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Screen Control
220
A u
d io
1 How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Artists: Provides 10-second sampling of the first track in each artists. Scan Albums: Provides 10-second sampling of the first track in each album. Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all tracks on HDD. Repeat
(repeat off): Changes repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track.
(repeat album): Repeats all tracks in the current album.
(repeat playlist): Repeats all tracks in the current playlist.
(repeat artist): Repeats all tracks in the current artist.
(repeat genre): Repeats all tracks in the current genre.
(repeat composer): Repeats all tracks in the current composer.
(repeat recorded date): Repeats all tracks in the current recorded date.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 220
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track. Scan Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling of each file.
Random/Repeat Select the repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode appears.
How to Select a Play Mode
Repeat Icon Random Icon
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 How to Select a Play Mode
Random
(random off): Changes random mode to off.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks in random order.
(random in album): Plays all tracks in the current album in random order.
(random in playlist): Plays all tracks in the current playlist in random order.
(random in artist): Plays all tracks in the current artist in random order.
(random in genre): Plays all tracks in the current genre in random order.
(random in composer): Plays all tracks in the current composer in random order.
(random in recorded date): Plays all tracks in the current recorded date in random order.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 221
To turn off a play mode To turn off the scan mode, select Stop Scan. To turn off the random/repeat mode, select the repeat or random icon repeatedly.
221
222
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 222
Audio Menu H Audio Menu
Select a setting item. u Use the / icons to turn the
page. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings: Displays the sound preferences screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
Edit/Delete HDD Music: Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
Audio Settings: Displays the audio setting screen. 2 Audio Settings P. 188
Screen Settings: Displays the screen preferences screen. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 112
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 223
H Browse
1. Select a search category.
2. Select a track.
How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
223Continued
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu
224
A u
d io
1 Editing an Album or Playlist
The maximum number of original playlists is 50 with a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.
Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.
Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.
Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a user playlist does not remove the playlist folder. The folder retains the playlist name and artist information.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 224
H Audio Menu u Edit/Delete HDD Music
1. Select Albums or Playlist. 2. Select an album or playlist that you
want to edit or delete. 3. Select an item.
The following items are available: Edit Name: Enter a new name using the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Delete: Deletes the selected album or playlist. List Tracks: Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can
also delete tracks.
Editing an Album or Playlist
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 225
H Audio Menu u Edit/Delete HDD Music u Playlists u Create New Playlist
1. Enter the playlist name using the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2. Select tracks from the music search list.
Creating a New Playlist
225Continued
226
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 226
H Audio Menu u Edit/Delete HDD Music u Tracks
Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks. Select a track you want to edit or delete.
The following items are available: Edit Name: Enter the track information (track name, track artist, etc.) using the
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM. Delete: Deletes a track.
Editing Track Information
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 227
H Audio Menu u Edit/Delete HDD Music
Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing the Gracenote Album Info.
1. Select Albums. 2. Select an album that you want to
edit or delete. 3. Select Edit Name.
4. Select Get Music Information. u The system starts to access the
Gracenote Album Info.
Displaying Music Information
227Continued
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu
228
A u
d io
1 Updating Gracenote Album Info
To acquire updated files: Consult a dealer. Visit http://www.navteq.com/gracenote/acura.
Once you perform an update, any information you edited before will be overwritten or erased.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 228
H Audio Menu u Audio Settings u CD/HDD
Update the Gracenote Album Info (Gracenote Media Database) that is included with the navigation system.
1. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or connect the USB flash drive that includes the update.
2. Select Update Gracenote Album Information.
3. Select Update by CD or Update by USB. u The system starts updating and
the confirmation message appears on the screen. Select OK to finish.
Updating Gracenote Album Info
uuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) AudiouAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 229
H Audio Menu u Audio Settings u CD/HDD u Delete All HDD Data
Delete all music data on the HDD. Select Yes.
Deleting All HDD Data
229
230
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 230
Playing an iPod
1 Connecting an iPod
Do not connect your iPod using a hub. Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your tracks may be damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
Your audio system may not work with all software versions of these devices.
If the audio system does not recognize your iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
1. Open the USB cover. 2. Install the iPod USB connector to
the USB port.
Connecting an iPod
Model Compatibility
Model
iPod nano (7th generation)
iPod touch (5th and 6th generation)
iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5s/iPhone 5c/iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6s/ iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone SE
uuPlaying an iPoduSelecting iPod Mode A
u d
io
1 Selecting iPod Mode
You can control an iPod using voice commands. 2 Audio P. 390 2 Song By VoiceTM (SBV) P. 236
Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 358
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 231
Selecting iPod Mode 1. Install the iPod USB connector to the USB port. 2. Select Source. 3. Select USB: iPod/iPhone.
231
232
uuPlaying an iPoduAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 232
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Select the previous or next track. Select and hold to move rapidly within
a track. Audio Menu: Select to display the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 235
Browse: Displays the search lists. 2 How to Select a Song from the Music Search List P. 234
: Repeats the current track. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 233
(play/pause): Plays or pauses a song file. : Changes a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 233
Album Name
uuPlaying an iPoduAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Repeat
(repeat off): Changes to repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs.
Shuffle (shuffle off): Changes to shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.
(shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 233
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song. Shuffle/Repeat Select the shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a desired mode appears.
To turn off a play mode To turn off the repeat/shuffle mode, select the shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly.
How to Select a Play Mode
Repeat Icon Shuffle Icon
Continued 233
234
uuPlaying an iPoduAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 234
H Browse
1. Select a search category.
2. Select an item.
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
uuPlaying an iPoduAudio Menu A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 235
Audio Menu H Audio Menu
Select a setting item. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings: Displays the sound preferences screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
Audio Settings: Displays the audio settings screen. 2 Audio Settings P. 188
Screen Settings: Displays the screen preferences screen. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 112
235
236
uuPlaying an iPoduSong By VoiceTM (SBV)
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 236
Song By VoiceTM (SBV) Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.
H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Voice Reco. u Song By Voice
Select On or Off.
The following items are available: On (factory default): Song By Voice commands are available. Off: Disable the feature.
Settings Song By VoiceTM (SBV)
uuPlaying an iPoduSong By VoiceTM (SBV) A
u d
io
1 Searching for Music Using Song By VoiceTM (SBV)
Song By VoiceTM Commands List 2 Audio P. 390
NOTE: Song By VoiceTM commands are available for tracks stored on the HDD or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 238
SBV may not be able to recognize languages other than English for the artist name, song title, album title, and composers.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need to press the button and say Audio again to re-activate this mode.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 237
1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say Audio to activate the SBV feature for the HDD and iPod.
3. Say a command. u Example 1: Say (List) Artist
A to view a list of songs by that artist. Select the desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say Play Artist A to start playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (Hang-Up/Back) button on the steering wheel. The selected song continues playing.
Searching for Music Using Song By VoiceTM (SBV)
Continued 237
uuPlaying an iPoduSong By VoiceTM (SBV)
238
A u
d io
1 Phonetic Modification
Phonetic Modification is grayed out when Song By Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification items.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 238
H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Voice Reco. u Song By Voice Phonetic Modification
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when searching for music on the HDD or iPod.
1. Select New Modification.
2. Select HDD or iPod.
Phonetic Modification
uuPlaying an iPoduSong By VoiceTM (SBV) A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 239
3. Select the item to modify (e.g., Artist). u The list of the selected item
appears on the screen.
4. Select an entry (e.g., No Name). u The pop-up menu appears on
the screen. 5. Select Modify.
u To listen to the current phonetic modification, select Play.
u To delete the current phonetic modification, select Delete.
6. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to use (e.g., Artist A) when prompted.
7. Select OK to exit. The artist No Name is phonetically modified to Artist A. When in the SBV mode, you can press the (Talk) button and use the voice command Play Artist A to play songs by the artist No Name.
239
240
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 240
Playing Pandora*1
1 Selecting Pandora Mode
To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, call 1-888-528-7876 or visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink (U.S.).
*1: Pandora is available on U.S. models only.
Selecting Pandora Mode 1. Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth or the USB port. 2. Select Source. 3. Select PANDORA.
u If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth connection to use the Pandora.
uuPlaying Pandora*1uAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 Audio Screen Control
Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.
Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 Pandora P. 359
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio.
Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 241
Audio Screen Control
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. / : Changes a station. (skip forward): Skip the current track. (play/pause): Pauses or plays a track. (like): Likes the current track. Pandora will play tracks similar to the one liked. (dislike): Dislikes the current track and skips to the next track. Pandora will
avoid playing tracks similar to the one disliked. (bookmark track): Bookmarks the current track.
(bookmark artist): Bookmarks the current artist. Audio Menu: Displays the menu items. Stations: Displays the list of all your stored stations. Select a station from the list
to play. 2 How to Select a Track from the Stations List P. 242
241Continued
uuPlaying Pandora*1uAudio Screen Control
242
A u
d io
1 Audio Screen Control
There are restrictions on the number of tracks you can skip or dislike in a given hour.
If your phone is connected to Android AutoTM, Pandora is only available through the Android AutoTM interface. Visit the Android AutoTM website to check compatibility.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 242
1. Select Stations. 2. Select an item to select a track.
Create Station You can create a station by Genre, Current Track or Current Artist. 1. Select Stations. 2. Select Create Station. 3. Select the item you want to create
a station.
You can also create a station by the following procedure. 1. Select track name or artist name. 2. Select Yes.
How to Select a Track from the Stations List
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 243
Playing a USB Flash Drive
u d
io
1 Connecting a USB Flash Drive
Do not connect your USB flash drive using a hub. Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your tracks may be damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.
1 USB Flash Drives
Digital music tracks, such as MP3, WMA, AAC, etc., in USB flash drives cannot be copied to HDD. Likewise, digital music tracks recorded to HDD cannot be copied to USB flash drives.
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.
1. Open the USB cover. 2. Install the USB flash drive to the
USB port.
A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
Connecting a USB Flash Drive
USB Flash Drives
243
244
uuPlaying a USB Flash DriveuSelecting USB Mode
A u
d io
1 Selecting USB Mode
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 358
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 244
Selecting USB Mode 1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port in the console compartment. 2. Select Source. 3. Select USB.
uuPlaying a USB Flash DriveuAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 245
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Skips to the next folder. : Skips to the beginning of the previous folder. : Selects to change files.
Selects and hold to move rapidly within a file. Audio Menu: Displays the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 248
Search: Displays the music search list screen. 2 How to Select a File from the Music Search List P. 246
: Repeats the current file. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 247
SCAN: Selects to provide a 10-second sampling of each files. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 247
: Plays files in random order. 2 How to Select a Play Mode P. 247
245Continued
246
uuPlaying a USB Flash DriveuAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 246
H Search
1. Select a folder.
2. Select a file.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
uuPlaying a USB Flash DriveuAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items SCAN Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.
Repeat (repeat off): Changes to repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current file.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current folder.
Random (random off): Changes to random mode to off.
(random in folder): Plays all files in the current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all files in random
order.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 247
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file. Scan Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling of each files.
Random/Repeat Select the repeat or random icon repeatedly until a desired mode appears.
To turn off a play mode To turn off the scan mode, select Stop Scan. To turn off the random/repeat mode, select the repeat or random icon repeatedly.
How to Select a Play Mode
Repeat Icon Random Icon
247
248
uuPlaying a USB Flash DriveuAudio Menu
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 248
Audio Menu H Audio Menu
Select a setting item. u Select to finish the sound
adjustment. u Select to go back to the
previous screen.
The following items are available: Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Customizing Audio Source P. 185
Sound Settings: Displays the sound preferences screen. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 190
Audio Settings: Displays the audio settings screen. 2 Audio Settings P. 188
Screen Settings: Displays the screen preferences screen. 2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 112
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 249
Playing Bluetooth Audio
u d
io
1 Playing Bluetooth Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Some functions may not be available on some devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or Android AutoTM, Bluetooth Audio from that phone is unavailable. However, a second previously paired phone can stream Bluetooth Audio by selecting Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth Device.
2 Changing the currently paired phone P. 270
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 264
Selecting Bluetooth Audio Mode 1. Make sure that your phone is on, paired, and linked to HFL.
2 Pairing a Phone P. 267
2. Select Source. 3. Select Bluetooth Audio.
249
250
uuPlaying Bluetooth AudiouAudio Screen Control
A u
d io
1 Audio Screen Control
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.
The pause function and Music Search may not be available on some phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 250
Audio Screen Control Control the audio system through On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
The following items are available: : Displays the current station details.
Select to display the previous screen. : Changes folders. : Changes files.
Selects and hold to move rapidly within a file. Audio Menu: Displays the menu items.
2 Audio Menu P. 235
Browse: Displays the track list screen. 2 Searching for Music P. 251
: Plays a song file. : Pauses a song file.
uuPlaying Bluetooth AudiouAudio Screen Control A
u d
io
1 Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 251
H Browse
1. Select a search category. 2. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
Searching for Music
251
252
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 252
Playing Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM
1 Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible apps.
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port.
2 USB Port P. 183
To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function, press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 254
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio or Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Pairing a Phone P. 267
For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
Apple CarPlay If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port, you can use the navigation screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Port P. 183
*1: The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone.
Apple CarPlay Menu
Navigation Screen Apple CarPlay menu screen
Go back to the previous screen of this audio system.
Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen
SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1
Move the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item.
BACK Button*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuApple CarPlay A
u d
io
1 Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 253
Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
Music Play music stored on your iPhone.
Maps Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone. Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination.
Continued 253
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuApple CarPlay
254
A u
d io
1 Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple CarPlay: Press the SETTINGS Select Smartphone Settings Apple CarPlay Device List
Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apples Privacy Policy.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 254
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port, use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the navigation screen.
Enabling Apple CarPlay Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu.
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuApple CarPlay A
u d
io
1 Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri. What movies are playing today? Call dad at work. What song is this? Hows the weather tomorrow? Read my latest email. Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ ios/siri.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 255
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
(Talk) button: Press and hold to activate Siri. Press again to deactivate Siri.
255
256
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuAndroid AutoTM
A u
d io
1 Android AutoTM
To use Android AutoTM, you need to download the Android AutoTM app from Google Play to your smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are compatible with Android AutoTM. Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android AutoTM phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android AutoTM and when launching any compatible apps.
To use Android AutoTM, connect the USB cable to the 2.5A USB port.
2 USB Port P. 183
When your Android phone is connected to Android AutoTM, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Android AutoTM is connected.
2 Pairing a Phone P. 267
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 256
Android AutoTM
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the 2.5A USB port, Android AutoTM is automatically initiated. When connected via Android AutoTM, you can use the navigation screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android AutoTM, a tutorial will appear on the screen. We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using Android AutoTM.
2 USB Port P. 183 2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 259
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuAndroid AutoTM A
u d
io
1 Android AutoTM
For details on countries and regions where Android AutoTM is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android AutoTM homepage.
Android AutoTM Operating Requirements & Limitations Android AutoTM requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android AutoTM functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android AutoTM functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android AutoTM performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android AutoTM. Refer to the Android AutoTM homepage for information on compatible apps.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android AutoTM) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 257
Maps (Navigation) Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs. *1: The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone.
Android AutoTM Menu
Navigation Screen Android AutoTM menu screen
SMARTPHONE Button Press to display the Android AutoTM menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)*1
Move or rotate the interface dial to select the item. Press to enter the item.
BACK Button*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
Continued 257
258
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuAndroid AutoTM
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 258
Phone (Communication) Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
Google Now (Home screen) Display useful information organized by Android AutoTM into simple cards that appear just when theyre needed.
Music and audio Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android AutoTM. To switch between music apps, press this icon.
Go back to the previous screen of this audio system. Voice
Operate Android AutoTM with your voice.
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuAndroid AutoTM A
u d
io
1 Enabling Android AutoTM
Only initialize Android AutoTM when you are safely parked. When Android AutoTM first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android AutoTM settings after you have completed the initial setup: Press the SETTINGS Select Smartphone Settings Android Auto Device List
Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android AutoTM is governed by Googles Privacy Policy.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 259
When you connect an Android phone to the system via the 2.5A USB port, Android AutoTM is automatically initiated.
Enabling Android AutoTM
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt shows again next time.) Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt does not show again.) Cancel: Does not allow this consent
You may change the consent settings under the Smartphone Settings menu.
Auto Pairing Connection
Continued 259
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuAndroid AutoTM
260
A u
d io
1 Operating Android AutoTM with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: Reply to text. Call my wife. Navigate to Acura. Play my music. Send a text message to my wife. Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android AutoTM homepage
You can also activate the voice recognition function by selecting the icon in the upper-right corner of the screen.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 260
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android AutoTM with your voice.
Operating Android AutoTM with Voice Recognition
(Talk) button: Press and hold to operate Android AutoTM with your voice. Press to deactivate voice recognition.
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 261
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM
A u
d io
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
OWNERS MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
261Continued
262
uuPlaying Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTMuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android AutoTM
A u
d io
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 262
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (THE APPLICATIONS) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON- INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDAS TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 263
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
This section describes how to operate Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. You can place and
receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system without handling your mobile phone.
63
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ..................264 Using HFL .............................................264 Pairing a Phone.....................................267 Importing Phonebook Data ...................273 Setting Up Speed Dialing ......................274 Phonebook Phonetic Modification.........277 Phone Settings......................................282 Making a Call .......................................287 Receiving a Call.....................................293 Options During a Call............................294
2
Text/E-mail Message ............................ 295 Setting a Text/E-mail Message .............. 295 Selecting a Mail Account...................... 296 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message .......... 297 Displaying Messages ............................ 298
Roadside Assistance ............................. 302 HFL Menus ............................................. 303
264
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 264
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
1 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Place your phone where you can get good reception. To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible mobile phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, HFL is unavailable.
2 HFL Menus P. 303
Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.
Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.
If you press the button, the climate control fan speed is reduced automatically. When voice recognition ends, the fan speed returns to the previous level.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi- information display or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command, or to clear the phone information on the multi-information display.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone menu screen. Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu.
HFL Buttons
Volume up (Pick-up)
button
Volume down
(Hang-up/back) button
(Talk) button
Microphone
PHONE Button
Interface Dial
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended. Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles navigation system, without handling your mobile phone.
1 HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the navigation screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language. 2 Language Settings P. 34
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 265
The On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM notifies you when there is an incoming call.
HFL Status Display
Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.
Callers Name or Callers Number
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Signal Strength
Navigation Screen
HFL Mode
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Continued 265
266
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 266
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Setting Up Speed Dialing P. 274
Limitations for Manual Operation
Disabled Option
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPairing a Phone B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Pairing a Phone
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within few minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side.
These icons indicate the following: : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth
Audio.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 267
Pairing a Phone H PHONE button
When no Bluetooth-compatible phone is paired, the following screen appears: 1. Rotate to select Yes. Press . 2. Make sure your phone is in search
or discoverable mode. Press . u HFL automatically searches for
a Bluetooth device.
3. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear,
you can select Options..., then select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select Options..., then select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
267Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPairing a Phone
268
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Pairing a Phone
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.
2 Automatic Phone Sync Setting P. 286
Some phones may have an additional setting to allow the phone to auto connect each time you turn on your vehicle.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is unavailable.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 268
4. HFL gives you a pass-key on the navigation screen. u Confirm if the pass-key on the
screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
5. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful.
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Bluetooth Device List
1. Rotate to select Add Bluetooth Device.
2. Make sure your phone is in search or discoverable mode. Press . u HFL automatically searches for
a Bluetooth device.
Pairing from Phone Setup
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPairing a Phone B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 269
3. When your phone appears on the list, select it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear,
you can select Options..., then select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select Options..., then select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.
4. HFL gives you a pass-key on the navigation screen. u Confirm if the pass-key on the
screen and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
5. You will receive a notification on the screen if pairing is successful.
269Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPairing a Phone
270
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Changing the Pass-Key
The pass-key may be four digits depending on your phone.
The default pass-key is 0000 until you change the setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pass-key each time you pair a phone, select Random.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 270
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Bluetooth Device List
1. Select a phone to connect. u HFL disconnects the connected
phone and starts searching for another paired phone.
2. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to Audio, or Connect Both.
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Edit Pairing Code
Rotate to select Fixed or Random. Press .
Changing the currently paired phone
Changing the Pass-Key
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPairing a Phone B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Replacing an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 271
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Bluetooth Device List
1. Rotate to select a paired phone you want to replace. Press
. 2. Rotate to select Replace This
Device. Press . 3. HFL enters the pairing process and
searches a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a
new phone. 4. You will receive a notification on
the screen if pairing is successful.
Replacing an already-paired phone with a new phone
Continued 271
272
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPairing a Phone
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 272
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Bluetooth Device List
1. Rotate to select a paired phone you want to delete. Press
. 2. Rotate to select Delete This
Device. Press .
3. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate
to select Yes. Press . 4. You will receive a notification on
the screen if deletion is successful.
Deleting a Paired Phone
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuImporting Phonebook Data B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Importing Phonebook Data
Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.
2 Automatic Phone Sync Setting P. 286
When you select a person from the list in the mobile phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Fax
Car
Other
Pager
Voice
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 273
Importing Phonebook Data When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.
273
274
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuSetting Up Speed Dialing
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Setting Up Speed Dialing
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.
Voice tags allow you to call speed dial entries from the Voice Portal screen or Phone call screen by saying the voice tag name.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 274
Setting Up Speed Dialing H PHONE button u Speed Dial
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. 1. Rotate to select
Entry>. Press .
2. Rotate to select a number entry method. Press . u Manual Input: Input the
number manually. u Import from Phonebook:
Select a number from the linked mobile phones imported phonebook.
u Import from Call History: Select a number from the call history.
3. When the speed dial is successfully stored from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .
4. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuSetting Up Speed Dialing B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Registering a Voice Tag to a Speed Dial Entry
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using home as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 275
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Phone u Edit Speed Dial
1. Select an existing speed dial entry. 2. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Edit. Press . 3. Rotate to select Voice Tag.
Press . 4. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Record. Press .
5. Press . u Using the (Talk) button,
follow the prompt to enter a voice tag.
Registering a Voice Tag to a Speed Dial Entry
Continued 275
276
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuSetting Up Speed Dialing
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 276
To delete a voice tag 1. Select an existing speed dial entry. 2. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Edit. Press . 3. Rotate to select Voice Tag.
Press . 4. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Clear. Press . 5. You will receive a confirmation
message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
To delete a speed dial 1. Select an existing speed dial entry. 2. From the pop-up menu, rotate
to select Delete. Press . 3. You will receive a confirmation
message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes. Press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhonebook Phonetic Modification B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 277
Phonebook Phonetic Modification H SETTINGS button u System Settings u Voice Reco. u Phonebook
Phonetic Modification
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phones contact name so that it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
To add a new voice tag 1. Rotate to select the phone
you want to add phonetic modification to. Press .
2. Rotate to select Options.... Press .
3. Rotate to select New Voice Tag. Press .
277Continued
278
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhonebook Phonetic Modification
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 278
4. Move or and rotate to select a contact name. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on
the screen.
5. Rotate to select Modify. Press .
6. Rotate to select Record, then press . u Using the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
7. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate
to select OK. Press . 8. The screen returns to the New
Voice Tag screen. Rotate to select OK. Press .
9. Rotate to select Options.... Press .
10.Rotate to select OK. Press .
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhonebook Phonetic Modification B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can only modify or delete contact names for the currently connected phone.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 279
To modify a voice tag 1. Rotate to select the phone
you want to add phonetic modification to. Press .
2. Rotate to select a contact name you want to modify. Press
. u The pop-up menu appears on
the screen.
3. Rotate to select Modify. Press .
4. Rotate to select Record, then press . u Using the button, follow
the prompts to complete the voice tag.
5. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate
to select OK. Press . 6. Rotate to select Options....
Press . 7. Rotate to select OK. Press .
Continued 279
280
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhonebook Phonetic Modification
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 280
To delete a modified voice tag 1. Rotate to select the phone
you want to delete phonetic modification. Press .
2. Rotate to select a contact name you want to delete. Press
. u The pop-up menu appears on
the screen.
3. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u Items to be deleted are
indicated with a trash icon.
4. Rotate to select Options.... Press .
5. Rotate to select OK. Press .
Trash icon
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhonebook Phonetic Modification B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 281
To delete all modified voice tags 1. Rotate to select the phone
you want to delete phonetic modification. Press . u The contact name list appears.
2. Rotate to select Options.... Press .
3. Rotate to select Delete All. Press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate
to select Yes. Press .
281
282
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhone Settings
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Editing a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 282
Phone Settings Set HFL options and features.
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Bluetooth Device List
You can protect each of the six mobile phones with a security PIN. 1. Rotate to select the phone
you want to add a security PIN to. Press .
2. Rotate to select Edit PIN. Press .
3. Enter a new four-digit number. Select to delete. Select of the right side upper screen, the screen returns to the previous screen.
4. Select OK to enter the security PIN.
5. Re-enter the four-digit number, and then press OK. u The screen returns to the screen
in step 2.
Editing a Security PIN
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhone Settings B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 283
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Bluetooth u Bluetooth Device List
Edit the user name of a paired phone as follows: 1. Rotate to select a phone you
want to edit. Press . 2. Rotate to select Edit Device
Name. Press .
3. Enter a new name of the phone. u Use the keyboard on the On
Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to enter the name, then select OK.
u Select to delete.
Editing User Name
283Continued
284
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhone Settings
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 284
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Phone u Auto Transfer
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
Press to select On or Off.
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Phone u Auto Answer
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. Press to select On or Off.
Automatic Transferring
Auto Answer
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhone Settings B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 285
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Phone u Ring Tone
You can change the ring tone setting. Rotate to select your desired setting item. Press . u Check mark is displayed.
The following items are available: Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone (Default setting): The ring tone stored in the connected mobile
phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
Ring Tone
285Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuPhone Settings
286
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Automatic Phone Sync Setting
Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL. If prompted by your phone, please accept the import request. Not all phones require this additional step.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 286
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Phone u Automatic Phone Sync
Press to select On or Off.
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Phone u Use Contact Photo
You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. Press to select On or Off.
Automatic Phone Sync Setting
Use Contact Photo
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuMaking a Call B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens. Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 ft (10 m).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with HandsFreeLink and are only made from Apple CarPlay.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 287
Making a Call You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
287Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuMaking a Call
288
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Using the Phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.
2 Setting Up Speed Dialing P. 274
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 288
H PHONE button u Phonebook
1. The phonebook is stored alphabetically. u You can use the keyboard on
the touchscreen for an alphabetical search.
2. Rotate to select a number. Press . u Dialing starts automatically.
Using the Phonebook
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuMaking a Call B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Entering a Phone Number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 266 2 Setting Up Speed Dialing P. 274
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 289
H PHONE button u Dial
1. Use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers.
2. Select .
Entering a Phone Number
Continued 289
290
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuMaking a Call
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 290
H PHONE button u Redial
You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. Dialing starts automatically.
Using Redial
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuMaking a Call B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Using Call History
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the following: : Dialed calls : Received calls : Missed calls
The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls.
Steering switches
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 291
H PHONE button u Call History
Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Move or to select All,
Dialed, Received, or Missed. 2. Rotate to select a number.
Press . u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel right
to select Call History. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to
select a number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button. u Dialing starts automatically.
Using Call History
Steering switches
Continued 291
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuMaking a Call
292
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Using Speed Dial
Rotate to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.
2 Setting Up Speed Dialing P. 274
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.
The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Steering switches
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 292
H PHONE button u Speed Dial
Rotate to select a number. Press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel left to
select Speed Dial. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to
select a number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button. u Dialing starts automatically.
Using Speed Dial
Steering switches
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuReceiving a Call B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Receiving a Call
Call Waiting Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call. Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 293
Receiving a Call When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call screen appears.
1. Press the button to answer the call.
2. Press the button to decline or end the call.
293
294
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuOptions During a Call
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 294
Options During a Call The available options are shown on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.
Select the option. u The mute icon appears when
Mute is selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
The following options are available during a call:
Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system. End Call: End the call.
Navigation Screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 295
Text/E-mail Message
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Text/E-mail Message
Some text/e-mail features may not be available depending on the mobile phone.
Setting a Text/E-mail Message
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Text/Email u Enable Text/Email
Press to select On or Off.
H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Text/Email u New Text/ Email Alert
Press to select On or Off.
The following items are available: On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.
To Turn On or Off the Text/E-mail Message Function
To Turn On or Off the Text/E-mail Message Notice
295
296
uuText/E-mail MessageuSelecting a Mail Account
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Selecting a Mail Account
You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Rotate to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 296
Selecting a Mail Account H SETTINGS button u Bluetooth/Phone Settings u Text/Email u Select
Account
If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.
Rotate to Text Messages or an e-mail account you want. Press .
uuText/E-mail MessageuReceiving a Text/E-mail Message B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.
2 To Turn On or Off the Text/E-mail Message Notice P. 295
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 297
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked mobile phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message. Press . u The text or e-mail message is
displayed. The system automatically starts reading out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read- out. Press .
297
298
uuText/E-mail MessageuDisplaying Messages
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.
Some phones may have an additional setting to enable this feature.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 298
Displaying Messages
H PHONE button u Text/Email
1. Select account if necessary. 2. Rotate to select a message.
Press . u The text message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
3. Rotate to select View Full Message.
4. Press to displays the full text of the message.
Displaying Text Messages
uuText/E-mail MessageuDisplaying Messages B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Displaying E-mail Messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 299
H PHONE button u Text/Email
1. Rotate to select a folder. Press .
2. Rotate to select a message. Press . u The e-mail message is
displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.
3. Rotate to select View Full Message.
4. Press to displays the full text of the message.
Displaying E-mail Messages
Continued 299
300
uuText/E-mail MessageuDisplaying Messages
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 300
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts
reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 298
2. Rotate to select Stop Reading Messages.
3. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts
reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 298
2. Rotate to select Reply. Press .
Read or Stop Reading a Message
Reply to a Message
uuText/E-mail MessageuDisplaying Messages B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
1 Reply to a Message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Talk to you later, Im driving. Im on my way. Im running late. OK Yes No You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 301
3. Rotate to select the reply message. Press . u Message Sent appears on the
screen when the reply message was successfully sent.
1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts
reading the message aloud. 2 Displaying Text Messages
P. 298
2. Rotate to select Call. Press .
Calling the Sender
301
302
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 302
Roadside Assistance
1 Roadside Assistance
If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package, you can call the roadside assistance using the LINK button instead of your phone.
2 AcuraLink P. 308
This function is not available on all models.
H PHONE button u Roadside Assistance
Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
Rotate to select a phone number. Press . u Dialing starts automatically.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 303
HFL Menus
an d
sFreeLin k
1 HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible mobile phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.
Connect Both
onnect to Phone
Connect to Audio
Edit Device Name
Edit PIN
Replace This Device
elete This Device
Edit the user name of a paired phone.
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Connect a phone to use the HFL.
Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth audio and smartphone function.
Connect the device to use the all functions of Bluetooth connection.
o the system.
Disconnect
ooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings.
Bluetooth Default
Bluetooth Device List
C
Add Bluetooth Device
(Existing entry list)
D
Pair a phone t
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluet
Edit Pairing Code
Change the pass-key.
Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth on and off.
303Continued
304
uuHFL Menusu
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
Import from Phonebook
Manual Input Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number.
Edit a previously stored speed dial. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Delete
our phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Import from Call History
Edit
incoming call after about four seconds.
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
call screen.
n and off.
.
the screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail message.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 304
Text/ Email*1
Set calls to automatically transfer from y
Delete all
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Ring Tone
Delete All
New Entry
(Existing entry list)
Set whether to automatically answer an
Select the ring tone.
Set phonebook data to be automatically
Display a callers picture on an incoming
Turn the text/e-mail message function o
Select a text or e-mail message account
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone
uuHFL Menusu B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
ll
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number.
speed dial list.
speed dial list.
coming and missed calls.
lls.
lls.
.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 305
Phone Menu screen Press the PHONE button to display the menu items.
Phonebook*1
Speed Dial*1
(Existing entry list)
More Speed Dials
Import from Phonebook
Display the paired phones phonebook.
Manual Input
Import from Ca History
New Entry
Dial the selected number in the
Display another paired phones
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History*1
All
Dialed
Received
Missed
Display the last 20 outgoing, in
Display the last 20 outgoing ca
Display the last 20 incoming ca
Display the last 20 missed calls
305Continued
306
uuHFL Menusu
B lu e to o th H
an d
sFreeLin k
Read Message Aloud/Stop
Reading Messages
Previous
Next
Reply
Call
Select Account
System reads received message aloud, or stop message from being read.
See the previous message.
See the next message.
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select a mail or text message account.
View Full Message
Displays the full text of the message.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 306
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL. *2: Not available on all models *3: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.
Roadside Assistance*1, 2
Text/Email*1, 3
Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.
Message is read aloud.
Select a message and press .
Dial*1 Enter a phone number to dial.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 307
AcuraLink Messages
This section describes how Acura directly communicates important information to you
regarding your vehicle.
07
AcuraLink............................................. 308 In Case of Emergency........................... 308 Security Features .................................. 311 Operator Assistance ............................. 312 AcuraLink Message ............................ 313 AcuraLink Subscription Status............. 317
308
A cu
raLin k M
essag es
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 308
AcuraLink
1 AcuraLink
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more information about all of its features, contact an Acura dealer or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
1 In Case of Emergency
You cannot operate other navigation or phone- related functions using the screens while talking to the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to your vehicle.
A subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicles status.
In Case of Emergency Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected or you do not have adequate mobile coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when: You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage areas. There is a problem with the connecting devices, such as the ASSIST button,
microphone, speakers, or the unit itself. You are not subscribed to the service or your subscription is no longer valid.
uuAcuraLinku In Case of Emergency A
cu raLin
k M
essag es
1 Automatic Collision Notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 309
If your vehicles airbags deploy or if the unit detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, your vehicle automatically will attempt to connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once connected, information about your vehicle, its positioning, and its condition will be sent to the operator; you also can speak to the operator when connected.
Automatic Collision Notification Navigation screen
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Continued 309
uuAcuraLinku In Case of Emergency
310
A cu
raLin k M
essag es
1 Manual Operator Connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to press the ASSIST button.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 310
If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator in an emergency situation, you can manually connect to them by pressing the ASSIST button with the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON. 1. Open the cover attached to the
ceiling console. 2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink operator.
Manual Operator Connection
ASSIST Button
uuAcuraLinkuSecurity Features A
cu raLin
k M
essag es
1 Security Features
The contact information of your provider, your user ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a dealer or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using your smartphone app. Ask a dealer or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada).
1 Vehicle finder
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop sounding under the following conditions: When 30 seconds have elapsed. You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter. You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system. You unlock the doors using the built-in key. The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 311
Security Features Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicles location, remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle. To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number (PIN).
Stolen vehicle tracking This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move. If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the provider.
Remote door lock/unlock The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.
Vehicle finder This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas, such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the remote transmitters answerback function, you can contact the provider which can then flash your vehicles exterior lights and sound the horn.
Security alarm notification If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by your preferred method.
311
312
uuAcuraLinkuOperator Assistance
A cu
raLin k M
essag es
1 Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving during operator assistance.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 312
Operator Assistance Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance.
1. Press the LINK button. u Connection to the operator
begins.
2. Talk to the operator. u To disconnect, select End Call
or press the (Hang-up/ back) button on the steering wheel.
LINK Button
uuAcuraLinkuAcuraLink Message A
cu raLin
k M
essag es
1 AcuraLink Message
Messages may not appear immediately after your vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your dealer to register your vehicles ID.
If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates that Acura gives high priority to this message compared to the one without. : An unread message with high priority : An unread message
1 Message Category
The types of messages you receive can be modified. Ask a dealer or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or schedule appointments from the message options in Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, and Diagnostic Information.
2 Message Options P. 315
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 313
AcuraLink Message AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle features, safety and emissions recall campaigns, maintenance reminders, and diagnostic information. When you receive a new message, an icon appears on the upper right corner of the navigation screen.
There are six message categories. Feature Guide: Messages about your vehicle and its features are sent daily for
the first 90 days. Quick Tips: Supplements your Owners Manual with updated vehicle
information. Scheduled Dealer Appointment: An appointment made through the Acura
server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or canceled from this option. 2 Dealer Appointments P. 316
Diagnostic Information: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes on. Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now. u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or
later in accordance with the warning severity level.
Message Icon
Message Category
313Continued
uuAcuraLinkuAcuraLink Message
314
A cu
raLin k M
essag es
1 Reading a Message
The message icon disappears once you read the message.
However, the exclamation mark that indicates that the message has a high priority remains. : A read message with high priority.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 314
Maintenance Minder: Lets you know which maintenance item is due along with a reminder message.
Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information. You should also be notified by mail.
H INFO button u INFO button u AcuraLink/Messages
1. Rotate to select a category, then press . u If there are unread messages in
a category, a message icon appears next to that category.
2. Rotate to select a message you want to read, then press .
Reading a Message
uuAcuraLinkuAcuraLink Message A
cu raLin
k M
essag es
1 Message Options
The available options vary by message category.
You can delete all messages in a category at once.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 315
While a message is displayed, you can use options to take immediate action to the message.
Available options are: Read Messages Aloud: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading
Messages to cancel it. View Full Message: Displays the full message on the screen. Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL. Delete: Deletes the displayed message. Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL. Find Acura Dealer: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer. Roadside Assistance: Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance
service. Schedule Dealer Appointment: Automatically sets an appointment date at
your dealer.
Message Options
Continued 315
uuAcuraLinkuAcuraLink Message
316
A cu
raLin k M
essag es
1 Dealer Appointments
To set up an automated dealer appointment when a regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners website at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada) and set the required option. A reminder message will be sent as the date for the dealer appointment approaches. A reminder message will also be sent if you schedule an appointment online using the Schedule Service Appointment function.
If you are not satisfied with the proposed appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.
To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel Appointment when a message is displayed.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 316
You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, or Diagnostic Information message, or reschedule any existing appointments. 1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, Diagnostic Information,
or Scheduled Dealer Appointment message. 2. Rotate to select Schedule Dealer Appoi... or Reschedule Appoint...
(depending on the screen). Press . u A suggested time and date are displayed.
3. Rotate to select Confirm Appointment. Press to accept the time and date.
4. Press to select OK.
Dealer Appointments
uuAcuraLinkuAcuraLink Subscription Status A
cu raLin
k M
essag es
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 317
AcuraLink Subscription Status H SETTINGS button u AcuraLink Settings u AcuraLink Subscription Status
Confirm your AcuraLink subscription status.
Signal strength
Item Information
You can check the signal strength.
Current Contract The AcuraLink subscription number and subscription level is displayed.
Service You can confirm the type of service.
Subscription You can confirm the expiration date.
Status The following message can be displayed: Check Antenna: There is a problem with the AcuraLink
antenna. Contact a dealer. No Signal: The signal is not received. No data: The signal is received, but the system cannot receive
traffic data. OK: The system is receiving the signal or traffic data.
317
318
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 318
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 319
Other Features
This section describes the useful functions incorporated into the navigation system.
19
Trip Computer ....................................... 320 Information Functions .......................... 321
System Device Information ................... 321 Map Data Update ................................ 321
Surround View Camera* ...................... 322 Camera locations and images............... 323 Displaying the Surround View Camera Screen................................................ 324
Switching the Screen............................ 326 Backing Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines ................. 328
Parallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines ....... 332
* Not available on all models
Checking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle................................................336
Checking the Right and Left Sides of the Vehicle at Intersections with Poor Visibility
.............................................................339 Checking for Obstacles in Front of the Vehicle................................................340
Checking for Obstacles Around the Front Sides of the Vehicle .............................341
Customized Surround View Camera System .............................................................342
Troubleshooting ....................................344 Backing up using the parking guide lines
...........................................................344
Parallel-parking using the parking guide lines ................................................... 345
About camera view image.................... 346
320
O th
er Featu res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 320
Trip Computer
1 Trip Computer
Displays the following trip information: Instant Fuel: The current estimated instant fuel
economy. Average Fuel: The average fuel economy since
the last key cycle. 1st, 2nd, 3rd Prev.: The previous average fuel
consumption. Range: The estimated distance you can travel on
the fuel remaining in the tank.
These values are estimates only.
H INFO button u INFO button u Trip Computer
View the distance traveled and average fuel consumption. Move or to select the trip information.
The following items are available: Current Drive: Displays the current trip information. History of Trip A: Displays information for three previous histories. The
information is stored every time you reset Trip A. Delete History: Deletes the trip information. Move to select History of Trip
A. Delete History is highlighted. Press . You will receive a confirmation message on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 321
Information Functions
th er Featu
res
1 System Device Information
You will need this information when ordering a map update.
2 Obtaining a Navigation Update P. 369
1 Map Data Update
This operation is only available during a database update.
2 Obtaining a Navigation Update P. 369
System Device Information H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u System Device
Information
View database, software, device, and vehicle identification information.
Map Data Update H SETTINGS button u Navigation Settings u Map u Map Data Update
Check the map data update status when updating the map database.
321
322
O th
er Featu res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 322
Surround View Camera*
1 Surround View Camera*
Always keep the camera lens clean and unobstructed. The rearview camera has a lens that makes distances appear different than they actually are. Always take care when backing up, and look behind you for obstacles.
Navigation controls are disabled when in Reverse.
Adjusting the brightness for the camera display does not affect the brightness of the navigation screen.
If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until you turn them back on.
The Surround View Camera System is designed to reduce the drivers stress of operating the vehicle. Use this system as support for visual checks to confirm the safety in areas likely to be blind spots.
The Surround View Camera System does not eliminate all blind spots. Visually confirm your surroundings around the vehicle with your own eyes and the mirrors. Do not rely on the camera view.
The Surround View Camera System allows the driver to check the blind spots through the images displayed on the navigation screen.
Using this support system will reduce the drivers stress in the following situations. Backing up the vehicle into a parking space marked with parking lines. Checking both ways at intersections with poor visibility. Parallel-parking in a parking space marked with parking lines. Checking for obstacles in front of the vehicle. Checking for obstacles at the rear of the vehicle. Checking for obstacles around the front right and left sides of the vehicle.
* Not available on all models
uuSurround View Camera*uCamera locations and images O
th er Featu
res
e view camera (Driver side)
Rearview
Because a unique camera lens is used, objects viewed in the navigation screen appear closer or farther than they actually are and/or distorted. The further the objects are, the more apparent this becomes.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 323
Camera locations and images Your vehicle is equipped with four cameras. They provide different views and also a synthetically combined ground view. The views appear differently during the day and at night.
Right Side view
Frontview camera
Front view
Front Blind View
Side view camera (Passenger side)
Left and Right Side view
Sid
Rearview camera
Ground view Composite image by four cameras
323
324
uuSurround View Camera*uDisplaying the Surround View Camera Screen
O th
er Featu res
1 Displaying the Surround View Camera Screen
Pressing the Nav, INFO, PHONE, or SMARTPHONE button while the Surround View Camera screen is displayed closes the Surround View Camera screen and starts up the navigation screen.
1 Using the CAMERA Button
Even when the Surround View Camera screen is displayed, the display automatically switches to the navigation screen if the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h), and it switches back to the Surround View Camera screen if the speed is reduced to below 7 mph (12 km/h).*1
*1: For the rear view, the screen does not automatically switch based on the vehicle speed.
0 mph (0 km/h) 9 mph (15 km/h)
Camera Screen
Camera Screen
Navigation Screen
Navigation Screen
0 mph (0 km/h) 7 mph (12 km/h) Down Up
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 324
Displaying the Surround View Camera Screen
Press the CAMERA button while the vehicle is stopped or running slower than 7 mph (12 km/h). u Displays the front view. To switch
the screen, press the CAMERA button. Press other mode buttons to exit the Surround View Camera System.
Using the CAMERA Button
CAMERA button
uuSurround View Camera*uDisplaying the Surround View Camera Screen O
th er Featu
res
1 Using the CAMERA Button
When the vehicle is decelerating rapidly, it may appear before it reaches 7 mph (12 km/h). If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle speed is more than 7 mph (12 km/h), a message screen appears. When the vehicle speed is less than 7 mph (12 km/h), it switches to the Surround View Camera screen.
1 Using the Shift Button
If you do not touch any switches after changing the gear position to the position, the display switches from the Rear View screen to the previous screen when the gear position is changed out of . If you touch any switches while the gear position is in , the display switches from the Rear View screen to the Front View screen when the gear position is changed out of .
You can customize the display setting. 2 Customized Surround View Camera
System P. 342
You can adjust the brightness of the rearview camera.
2 Navigation Screen Settings P. 26
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 325
Change the gear position to with the brake pedal depressed. u Displays the rear view. To switch
the screen, press the CAMERA button.
Using the Shift Button
Shift Button
325
326
uuSurround View Camera*uSwitching the Screen
O th
er Featu res
1 Switching the Screen
In the view image fixed guidelines are displayed which help the driver get a sense of distance between the vehicle and objects.
Dynamic guidelines are displayed which help the driver confirm the projected vehicle path.
The guidelines can be turned ON/OFF to setup.
The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines and camera views on the display may differ from the actual positions/distances due to the changes in the vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors. The guide lines should be used as a reference only.
You can also select to switch the display for the following marks on the screen.
: Front Ground View : Front Blind View : Right Side View/Left and Right Side View
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 326
Switching the Screen
Front View Screen (When Gear Position is in Other than [R] Position)
CAMERA button Front Ground View
Front Blind View
Right Side View
CAMERA button
CAMERA button
CAMERA button
Press and hold CAMERA button
Left and Right Side View
uuSurround View Camera*uSwitching the Screen O
th er Featu
res
1 Rear View Screen (When Gear Position is in [R] Position)
You can also select to switch the display for the following marks on the screen.
: Rear Ground View : Rear View : Rear Wide View
Visually confirm your surroundings around the vehicle with your own eyes and/or using the mirrors. The view area displayed on the screen is restricted. It may not show all people or obstacles around you. Relying only on the view on the screen may cause a collision.
Minimize the time spent looking at the view screen while driving. Failure to do so may cause a collision as you cannot pay sufficient attention to your surroundings.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 327
Rear View Screen (When Gear Position is in [R] Position)
Rear Ground View
Rear View
Rear Wide View
CAMERA button
CAMERA button
CAMERA button
Shift Button
327
328
uuSurround View Camera*uBacking Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
O th
er Featu res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 328
Backing Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines When backing up the vehicle into a parking space with parking lines, the parking guide lines of the Surround View Camera System provide support to the driver during parking.
The rear reference guide lines of the Surround View Camera System can be used in a parking space marked with parking lines, such as that shown in the figure below.
Before Parking
About 20 feet (6 m) or more
About 8 feet (2.5 m) or more
uuSurround View Camera*uBacking Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines O
th er Featu
res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 329
1. Press the CAMERA button while the vehicle is stopped.
2. Press . 3. Rotate to select Back-in Left
Park Guidance or Back-in Right Park Guidance. Press .
Selecting Rear Reference Lines
329Continued
uuSurround View Camera*uBacking Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
330
O th
er Featu res
1 How to park
When you need operation instructions, press and hold the CAMERA button when the screen is in the front ground view or the rear ground view with the parking guide lines set to on. The instruction screen appears on the screen. To close the Instruction screen, press the BACK button or press and hold the CAMERA button.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 330
The following section describes how to back up the vehicle into a parking space with the rear right of the vehicle in first.
1. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the initial positioning guide comes to the center of the parking space.
2. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left while stopped. u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
How to park
Initial positioning guide
Steering position alignment guide
uuSurround View Camera*uBacking Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines O
th er Featu
res
1 How to park
If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in the parking lines, the parking space is too small for the vehicle. This system does not work for: Parking spaces with crooked parking lines.
Parking spaces where the surrounding vehicles are parked off the parking lines.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 331
3. Slowly move the vehicle forward with the steering wheel turned fully to the left.
4. Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left while stopped and back up the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines. 7. Straighten the steering wheel, back up, and park the vehicle in the proper
position.
Make sure that the steering position alignment guide comes within the parking space.
331
332
uuSurround View Camera*uParallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
O th
er Featu res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 332
Parallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines The parallel parking guide lines of the Surround View Camera System provide support to the driver while parking in parking spaces, such as that shown in the figure below.
The rear reference guide lines of the Surround View Camera System can be used in a parking space marked with parking lines, such as that shown in the figure below.
You may need to try more than once before parking the vehicle in the parking space properly depending on the condition of the space. In such a case, adjust the vehicle position while looking around the vehicle to park the vehicle in the proper parking position.
Before Parking
About 20 feet (6 m) or more
About 8 feet (2.5 m) or more
About 21 feet (6.5 m) or more
uuSurround View Camera*uParallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines O
th er Featu
res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 333
1. Press the CAMERA button while the vehicle is stopped.
2. Press . 3. Rotate to select Right
Parallel Park Guidance or Left Parallel Park Guidance. Press
.
Selecting Parallel Park Reference Lines
333Continued
uuSurround View Camera*uParallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
334
O th
er Featu res
1 How to park
When you need operation instructions, press and hold the CAMERA button when the screen is in the front ground view or the rear ground view with the parking guide lines set to on. The instruction screen appears on the screen. To close the Instruction screen, press the BACK button or press and hold the CAMERA button.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 334
The following section describes how to parallel-park the vehicle into a parking space at the right side of the street.
1. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop where the initial positioning guide overlaps the front corner of the parking space.
2. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right while stopped. u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
How to park
Positioning guide
Steering position alignment guide
uuSurround View Camera*uParallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines O
th er Featu
res
1 How to park
Always take care when backing up, and look behind you for obstacles. This system does not work for: Parking spaces with crooked parking lines.
Parking spaces where the surrounding vehicles are parked off the parking lines.
Parking spaces without parking lines.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 335
3. Slowly back up the vehicle with the steering wheel turned fully to the right.
4. Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the sideline of the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left while stopped and back up the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines. 7. Straighten the steering wheel, and then back up and park the vehicle at the
proper position.
Make sure that the steering position alignment guide overlaps the sideline of the parking space.
335
336
uuSurround View Camera*uChecking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle
O th
er Featu res
1 Checking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle
Each guide line display can be turned ON/OFF.
The four cameras provide the ground view on the screen even when the door mirrors are folded. Note that the view area and blind spots change when the door mirrors are folded.
Display on the screen when the mirrors are folded
Do not drive the vehicle with the door mirrors folded. The view displayed on the screen when the door mirrors are folded is for confirming the safety around the vehicle during parking.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 336
Checking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle Display the rear view screen to check for any obstacles at the rear of the vehicle when backing up the vehicle into a garage or the like. Switch between the rear view and ground view, as well as the rear view and mirror view accordingly.
uuSurround View Camera*uChecking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle O
th er Featu
res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 337
Description and operation of the screens Change the gear position to . u Display the rear ground view screen.
Rear view
7.9 inches (20 cm) Tailgate
39 inches (1 m)
79 inches (2 m)
118 inches (3 m)
118 inches (3 m)
Distance the projection lines indicate.
The view image from the rear camera. View area of the screen and distances the reference lines indicate.
Rear and Ground View screen
Turn the steering wheel more than 90 degrees
Press the CAMERA button to change the screen to the rear wide view and the rear view screen.
Ground view An overhead view image of the vehicle synthesized from the images from the four cameras. When the steering wheel is turned, the projection lines that show the vehicles projected trajectory and tire angles are displayed. Blind spots appear in black. The projection lines are displayed 40cm outside of the vehicle body.
337Continued
uuSurround View Camera*uChecking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle
338
O th
er Featu res
1 Checking for Obstacles at the Rear of the Vehicle
Each side view is not displayed when the door mirrors are folded.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 338
The view image from the rear camera.
79 inches (2 m)
118 inches (3 m)
39 inches (1 m)
Rear Wide View
Press the CAMERA button to change the screen to the rear ground view screen.
Rear View
Tailgate
uuSurround View Camera*uChecking the Right and Left Sides of the Vehicle at Intersections with Poor Visibility O
th er Featu
res
1 Checking the Right and Left Sides of the Vehicle at Intersections with Poor Visibility
As the system uses a wide-angle view, the displayed images on the screen will be largely distorted and different from the actual distance.
The front blind view screen is switched in the order shown in the figure on P. 326.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 339
Checking the Right and Left Sides of the Vehicle at Intersections with Poor Visibility Display the front blind view screen when conforming the right and left sides of the vehicle at intersections with poor visibility.
Description and Operation of the Screens To switch the screens, press the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is below 7 mph (12 km/h). u Display the front blind view screen.
The view area of the screen is 180 degrees.
Front blind view screen
Front blind view The view image from the front camera.
339
340
uuSurround View Camera*uChecking for Obstacles in Front of the Vehicle
O th
er Featu res
1 Checking for Obstacles in Front of the Vehicle
Each guide line display can be turned ON/OFF.
The front view and ground view screen are switched to in the order shown in the figure on P. 326.
The four cameras provide the ground view on the screen even when the door mirrors are folded. Note that the view area and blind spots change when the door mirrors are folded.
Display on the screen when the mirrors are folded
Do not drive the vehicle with the door mirrors folded. The view displayed on the screen when the door mirrors are folded is for confirming the safety around the vehicle during parking.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 340
Checking for Obstacles in Front of the Vehicle Display the front view and ground view screen to check for any obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking the vehicle in a garage or the like.
Description and Operation of the Screens To switch the screens, press the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is below 7 mph (12 km/h). u Display the front view and ground view screen.
Front view The view image from the front camera. View area of the screen and distances the reference lines indicate. Front view and ground view screen
Ground view An overhead view image of the vehicle synthesized from the images from the four cameras.
When the steering wheel is turned, the projection lines that show the vehicles projected trajectory and tire angles are displayed.
39 inches (1 m)
Motion that the projection lines indicate. Turn the
steering wheel
Blind spots appear in black.
uuSurround View Camera*uChecking for Obstacles Around the Front Sides of the Vehicle O
th er Featu
res
1 Checking for Obstacles Around the Front Sides of the Vehicle
Each guide line display can be turned ON/OFF.
When the door mirrors are folded, the side view screen is not displayed.
The side view screen is switched in the order shown in the figure on P. 326.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 341
Checking for Obstacles Around the Front Sides of the Vehicle Display the side view screen to check the right and left sides of the vehicle when pulling up the vehicle to a curve or tollbooth or passing an oncoming car in a narrow driving condition. The right side view screen displays only the right side view, and the left and right side view screen display the views of both sides. Switch the screens accordingly.
Description and Operation of the Screens Display the side view and left and right side view screen. u To switch the screens, press the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is
below 7 mph (12 km/h).
Side view The view image from the side camera.
Side view screen
Distance the projection lines indicate is approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the outside of the vehicle
12 inches (30 cm)
Press and hold the CAMERA button
12 inches (30 cm)
12 inches (30 cm)
341
342
uuSurround View Camera*uCustomized Surround View Camera System
O th
er Featu res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 342
Customized Surround View Camera System H CAMERA button u SETTINGS button u Camera Settings
Set the camera screen settings.
The following items are available: Fixed Guideline: Sets whether to turn the display of the reference lines on or
not. On: Displays the reference lines. Off: Disables the feature.
Dynamic Guideline: Sets whether to turn the display of the projection lines on or not. On: Displays the projection lines. Off: Disables the feature.
Auto Show Camera after Reverse: Sets whether to automatically switch between the cameras to use when the gear position is changed out of to move the vehicle forward. On Off
uuSurround View Camera*uCustomized Surround View Camera System O
th er Featu
res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 343
Default Camera Mode in Forward: Sets which screen to display when the Surround View Camera System is turned on while the vehicle is moving forward. Front ground view Last Used Front blind view Side view
Default Camera Mode in Reverse: Sets which screen to display when the Surround View Camera System is turned on while the vehicle is backing up. Rear ground view Last Used Rear normal view Rear wide view
Show Camera When Decelerating: Sets whether to automatically return the display to the camera view screen when the vehicle speed is reduced to lower than 7 mph (12 km/h). On Off
Clear Parking Guidance Automatically: Sets whether to automatically turn the display of the parking guide lines off or not. On: Displays the parking guide lines. Off: Disables the feature.
343
344
O th
er Featu res
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 344
Troubleshooting
olution Reference page
d turn the en the initial omes to the pace.
2 Backing Up The Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 328
d turn the en the steering guide fits in the
ing wheel when steering.
d turn the en the initial omes to the ng space.
d turn the en the steering guide fits in the
omatically corrected after for a short amount of time.
Backing up using the parking guide lines
Vehicle position Cause S
Turns too big. Did you turn the steering wheel before the initial positioning guide enters the parking space?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh positioning guide c center of parking s
Did you turn the steering wheel before the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space while backing up?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh position alignment parking space.
Did you fully turn the steering wheel while backing up?
Fully turn the steer
Turns too short. Did you turn the steering wheel after the initial positioning guide comes outside of the parking space?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh positioning guide c center of the parki
Did the steering position alignment guide come off of the parking space while backing up?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh position alignment parking space.
The projection line is off.
- The position is aut continuing to drive
uuTroubleshootinguParallel-parking using the parking guide lines O
th er Featu
res
olution Reference page
d turn the en the steering guide overlaps ne of the parking
2 Parallel Parking the Vehicle into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 332
ing wheel when steering.
d turn the en the steering guide overlaps ne of the parking
d turn the en the initial omes to the ng space.
d turn the en the initial omes to the ng space.
ing wheel when steering.
matically corrected after for a short amount of time.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 345
Parallel-parking using the parking guide lines
Vehicle position Cause S
Too deep. Did the steering position alignment guide come off of the curbside line of the parking space while backing up?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh position alignment with the curbside li space.
Did you fully turn the steering wheel while backing up?
Fully turn the steer
Too shallow. Did you turn the steering wheel before the steering position alignment guide overlaps with the curbside line of the parking space while backing up?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh position alignment with the curbside li space.
Too close to the vehicle in front.
Did you turn the steering wheel when the initial positioning guide is outside of the parking space?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh positioning guide c corner of the parki
Too close to the vehicle behind.
Was the initial positioning guide inside of the parking space?
Stop the vehicle an steering wheel wh positioning guide c corner of the parki
Did you fully turn the steering wheel while backing up?
Fully turn the steer
The projection line is off.
- The position is auto continuing to drive
345
346
uuTroubleshootinguAbout camera view image
O th
er Featu res
olution Refer to:
view image is not clearly eather conditions, etc, safety using mirrors.
-
ens is dirty, wipe off the dirt, using water, mild cleaner. zine, thinner, or polishing anser. It will cause damage
-
vere impacts or pressures on r its surrounding parts. bject to an impact, stop nd contact a dealer.
-
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 346
About camera view image
Condition Cause S
Camera view images are hard to see.
The images may not be displayed clearly when: At night, in rainy condition, and a dark
location. The camera lens has insects, moist, or
debris stuck to the camera lens. The camera lens is scratched. The temperature of the camera is high. Strong light such as the suns light shines
on the camera.*1
When light shines on the camera in a dark location.
*1: When strong light shines on the camera, halation which fogs around the light source or smearing which creates the streaks of the light may occur.
When the camera displayed due to w visually confirm the
Camera view images are not clear.
If the camera lens is dirty, clear images are not displayed.
When the camera l debris, and the like detergent, or glass
Never use any ben powder such as cle to the lens.
Camera position is shifted.
The camera body or its surrounding parts have been subject to some severe impact or pressure.
Do not have any se the camera body o
In case of being su using the camera a
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 347
Troubleshooting
47
Troubleshooting ................................... 348 Map, Voice, Entering Destinations........ 348 Traffic .................................................. 350 Guidance, Routing ............................... 351 Update, Coverage, Map Errors ............. 353 Display, Accessories.............................. 353 Miscellaneous Questions ...................... 353 Surround View Camera* ...................... 354
Error Messages...................................... 355 Navigation System................................ 355 CD Player ............................................. 356 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio................ 357 iPod/USB Flash Drive............................. 358 Pandora ............................................. 359 Surround View Camera* ...................... 361
348
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 348
Troubleshooting
ution
n screen reminds you and your guest system in a safe manner. The Startup
rtain period of time and the top screen of
peratures or shock from bumpy roads, and . If this happens frequently, please see a
es are lumped in with a major metro area. bdivisions, streets may be missing or only
rom the map.
avigation Settings > Personal Info to
ystem Settings > Feedback and check 0. o. and set Voice Prompt to On.
HandsFreeLink or, if paired, your phone
Map, Voice, Entering Destinations
Problem Sol
The Startup Confirmation screen is displayed every time I start the vehicle.
This is normal. The Startup Confirmatio drivers to always operate the navigation Confirmation screen goes off after a ce the last mode is displayed.
The navigation system reboots by itself (returns to the opening screen).
A reboot can be caused by extreme tem does not necessarily indicate a problem dealer.
How do I specify a destination when an entered city or street could not be found?
Try entering the street first. Some citi In rural unverified areas or new su partially numbered.
Try selecting the destination directly f 2 Select using Map P. 136
How do I delete Personal Addresses, Previous Destinations, or the Home Address?
1. Press the SETTINGS button. Select N display the types of information.
2. Select the type of address to delete. 2 Address Book P. 38 2 Home Address P. 44 2 Previous Destination P. 46
I cannot hear the navigation system voice. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. Select S that Guidance Volume is not set to
2. Select System Settings > Voice Rec
Why is Call grayed out on the Calculate Route screen?
Your phone is not paired to Bluetooth is in use.
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 264
uuTroubleshootinguMap, Voice, Entering Destinations Tro
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
r onto the microphone on the ceiling, the re using the correct command when
p Confirmation screen.
rtain onscreen functions and features are moving. Use voice commands or pull over
-recorded voice, but street names are voice. Consequently, the name may be es.
brightness control is not set to maximum. avigation Settings > Map > Color
igation Settings > Map > Color (Day).
vigation Settings > Personal Info > PIN Home PIN. e the choice to change or remove the PIN.
ution
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 349
The voice control system is having difficulty recognizing my voice commands.
Check that the vents are not blowing ai vehicle is as quiet as possible, and you a speaking.
2 Voice Recognition P. 23
I cannot give voice commands. Make sure you pressed at the Startu 2 Start-up P. 20
I cannot select an option using the Interface Dial.
To reduce potential driver distraction, ce limited or inoperable while the vehicle is to proceed.
The navigation system pronunciation of street names in the guidance command or destination address sounds strange.
The basic guidance phrases use a studio pronounced using a machine-generated mispronounced or sound strange at tim
The screen is bright when I drive at night. 1. Check that the nighttime dashboard 2. Press the SETTINGS button. Select N
(Night). 2 Color P. 69
The screen is dark when I drive during the day.
Press the SETTINGS button. Select Nav 2 Color P. 69
How do I change or remove my PIN? 1. Press the SETTINGS button. Select Na Number > Address Book PIN or Go
2. Enter your existing PIN. You then hav 2 PIN Numbers P. 45
I have forgotten my PIN. How do I reset the PIN for Home or the PIN for personal addresses?
A dealer must reset the PIN for you.
Problem Sol
349
350
uuTroubleshootinguTraffic
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
Solution
dicator is available on the map screen. raLink Real-Time TrafficTM* P. 14 e turned on. . 67 ption status.*1
hnical problem in your metropolitan area. Call if there is an outage. ontact Information P. 368 ur Acura dealer for assistance. Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and Mexico.
n, the navigation system provides a detour route find a significantly faster route than the original
hich route should be faster based on freeway/ route. Use your own experience to determine uld be faster.
ect Navigation Settings > Routing, and set
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 350
Traffic
*1: Canadian models
Problem
Traffic information is missing or is not displaying properly. What is wrong?
Check that the traffic status in 2 Traffic Information*/Acu
Check that the traffic icons ar 2 Showing Icons on Map P
Check the AcuraLink subscri 2 AcuraLink P. 308
There may be a temporary tec Acura Client Relations to see
2 Acura Client Relations C If the situation persists, see yo AcuraLink is not available in
The navigation system sometimes provides a detour route when I am driving a route on the freeway/ highway.
If Traffic Rerouting is set to O to your destination only if it can one.
2 Traffic Rerouting P. 54
The navigation system routes me to an exit and an alternate freeway/highway with unknown flow speeds or surface streets.
The navigation system predicts w highway congestion along your whether the alternate route wo
How can I ignore the detour route and return to the original route?
Press the SETTINGS button. Sel Traffic Rerouting to Off.
2 Traffic Rerouting P. 54
* Not available on all models
uuTroubleshootinguGuidance, Routing Tro
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
Solution
to generate the optimal route. You can change n calculating a route.
ct Navigation Settings > Routing, and set
tly undergoing revision. You can access the most et.
located in the dashboard) is not blocked. For best the dashboard, such as radar detectors, mobile
arket devices can interfere with the GPS
rified area.
ct Navigation Settings > Map > View > North-
wer traffic, the navigation system updates the your actual road speed to give you a better
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 351
Guidance, Routing
Problem
The navigation system does not route me the same way I would go or the same way as other mapping systems.
The navigation system attempts the route preferences used whe
2 Route Preference P. 50
The navigation system wants to route me around potential traffic problems. How do I stop these pop- up messages?
Press the SETTINGS button. Sele Traffic Rerouting to Off.
2 Traffic Rerouting P. 54
The street Im on is not shown on the map screen. The mapping database is constan recent information on the intern
2 Map Coverage P. 369
The vehicle position icon is not following the road and the GPS icon text in the upper left hand corner of the screen is white or missing.
Check that the GPS antenna ( reception, remove items from phones, or loose articles.
Metallic tinting or other afterm reception. Please consult a dealer.
2 GPS P. 366
The blue highlighted route and voice guidance stopped or turned into a blue/pink line before I got to my destination.
Your route has entered an unve 2 Unverified Routing P. 52
How do I stop the map from rotating as I drive along?
Press the SETTINGS button. Sele up.
The time to destination display sometimes increases even though I am getting closer to my destination.
If your speed reduces due to slo time to destination based on estimate of arrival time.
351
352
uuTroubleshootinguGuidance, Routing
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
stem is unaware of the width of intersections. tion can indicate a temporary loss of the GPS
mbs. These are displayed if Display Tracking is
ect Navigation Settings > Map, set Display e Tracking to remove the white dots from the
avoid, make sure to select sections of roads that .
vary 100 ft (30 m) due to GPS calculation
the GPS antenna can receive signals from at least hicle into an open area. The elevation is also not
tion is zero or below sea level.
Solution
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 352
The vehicle position icon on the map lags a short distance behind, especially when I arrive at an intersection.
This is normal. The navigation sy Large differences in vehicle posi signal.
2 GPS P. 366
The screen is showing white dots as I drive along. These dots are called breadcru set to On.
How do I remove the white dots (breadcrumbs) from my screen?
Press the SETTINGS button. Sel Tracking to Off or select Delet map.
2 Display Tracking P. 75
A road that I selected to avoid is being used when routing.
When you draw your area to include at least one intersection
2 Avoided Area P. 56
My elevation (shown when I display the current position) seems to fluctuate even though my elevation has not changed.
This is normal. The elevation can errors.
2 GPS P. 366
My elevation is missing on the current position screen.
The elevation is only displayed if four satellites. Try moving the ve displayed if the calculated eleva
Problem
uuTroubleshootinguUpdate, Coverage, Map Errors Tro
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
Solution
tly undergoing revision. You can access the most et.
aps for the 50 U.S. states, Canada, Puerto Rico, em will not work in other countries.
in a large database. If you encounter major errors,
Solution
ecome brighter after a few minutes.
Solution
press and hold the (Power) button for two tivate. If you have installed an aftermarket system,
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 353
Update, Coverage, Map Errors
Display, Accessories
Miscellaneous Questions
Problem
My city is not part of a fully verified detailed coverage area.
The mapping database is constan recent information on the intern
2 Map Coverage P. 369
Does the navigation system work outside North America?
The navigation system contains m and Mexico. The navigation syst
2 Map Coverage P. 369
How do I report errors I find in the database? Minor errors are bound to occur see a dealer.
2 Visiting Your Dealer P. 368
Problem
The display appears dim when starting the vehicle in really cold weather.
This is normal. The display will b
Problem
My battery was disconnected or went dead, and the navigation system is asking for a code.
Set the power mode to ON, and seconds. The system should reac contact a dealer.
353
354
uuTroubleshootinguSurround View Camera*
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
Solution
to or out of Reverse, you may experience a delay between the navigation screen and the rear
ayed, press the (Display mode) button and t the brightness. This adjustment does not affect settings.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 354
Surround View Camera*
Problem
When I shift gears, the rear camera image display is delayed.
This is normal. When shifting in while the screen image switches camera image.
The rear camera image is too dark or too bright. How do I adjust the brightness?
While the camera image is displ rotate the Interface Dial to adjus the navigation screen brightness
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 355
Error Messages
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
Solution
en the display temperature is too high. The the display cools down. The system turns back on ools down.
ulty reading the HDD when the temperature is C). The navigation system starts up automatically
atmospheric pressure. Move your vehicle to the essure is high.
ulty reading the HDD when the temperature is ts up automatically when the system cools down.
failed with a cause other than low temperature, spheric pressure. After a short wait, try to operate t solve the problem, consult with the dealer.
Navigation System
Error Message
The display temperature is too high. For protection, the system will shut off until the display cools down.
This message appears briefly wh navigation system turns off until automatically when the display c
The navigation system temperature is too low. For protection, the system will shut off until the it warms up.
The navigation system has diffic below approximately -22F (-30 when the display warms up.
The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns to safe levels.
The HDD is inoperable due to low place where the atmospheric pr
The navigation system temperature is too high. For protection, the system will shut off until it cools down.
The navigation system has diffic high. The navigation system star
HDD access error. Please consult your dealer. Writing of the data to the HDD high temperature, and low atmo the system again. If this does no
HDD access error. The system will reset and attempt to correct the problem.
355
356
uuError MessagesuCD Player
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
Solution
ile will be skipped. The next supported track/file cally.
ject) button and remove the disc, and check that ge is cleared.
disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
g CDs P. 216 ssage reappears, press the (eject) button, and c. nt disc. plays, there is a problem with the first disc. ssage repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, r. rce the disc out of the player.
disc is not damaged or deformed. g CDs P. 216
system off and allow the player to cool down until ge is cleared.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 356
CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause
This function is not available because the system has encountered a file error or a DRM protected file.
Track/file format not supported Current track/f plays automati
This is a bad disc. Please see your owners manual for more details. Push Eject.
Mechanical error Press the (e the error messa
Check that the disc again.
2 Protectin If the error me
pull out the dis Insert a differe
If the new disc If the error me
contact a deale Do not try to fo
Mecha Error
This is a bad disc. Please see your owners manual for more details.
Servo error
Check the disc Disc error Check that the 2 Protectin
Heat Error High temperature Turn the audio the error messa
uuError MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio Tro
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
Cause
llow the player to cool down until the error
ulty reading the HDD when the atmospheric ion system starts up automatically when the safe levels.
upported. Current track will be skipped. The next ally.
y or there are no available files in the HDD.
tion is selected while the CD is recording to the
ion is selected while the dictionary of the Song By nerated.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 357
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
HDD access error. Please consult your dealer.
The navigation system temperature is too high. For protection, the system will shut off until it cools down.
Turn the audio system off and a message is cleared.
The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns to safe levels.
The navigation system has diffic pressure is too low. The navigat atmospheric pressure returns to
Unplayable File Appears when a file format not s supported track plays automatic
There is no data available. Appears when the HDD is empt
This function is not available during CD recording while the CD is recording to the HDD.
Appears when no available func HDD.
Generating voice recognition commands. Please try again later.
Appears when no available funct Voice recognition function is ge
357
358
uuError Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
Cause
with the audio system. Check if the device is m.
device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then urn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that
iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported od software to the newer version.
not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
yed-out option on the screen while displaying the file.
.
ve is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC
stored on the device.
device is connected. If it appears when a reconnect the device.
connected via the USB hubs. Disconnect the USB evice to the USB port.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 358
iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Communication error detected. When safe, please reconnect your device.
Appears when there is a problem compatible with the audio syste
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owners manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible turn the audio system off, and t caused the error.
This version of iOS is not supported. Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected, update the iP
There is an authentication error. When safe, please reconnect your device.
Appears when the system does
This function is not available because the system has encountered a file error or a DRM protected file.
Appears when you select the gra DRM or an unsupported format
There is no data detected. When safe, please check your device and try again. Appears when the iPod is empty
Appears when the USB flash dri files in the USB flash drive.
Check that compatible files are
Unsupported Appears when an unsupported supported device is connected,
USB hubs are not supported. To listen to audio, directly connect device to USB port.
Appears when the USB device is hubs and directly connect the d
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
uuError MessagesuPandora Tro
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
Solution
evice is Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
with Check if the device is compatible with the audio system.
list on Use the device to create a station.
rack or ined
Try again later.
Try again later.
le with Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 359
Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Cause
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owners manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible d connected.
There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please reconnect your device.
Appears when there is a problem the audio system.
No stations have been created. When safe, please create a station on the device.
Appears when there is no station the device.
There is no active station.
This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select another station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a t select Dislike over the predeterm number of times in an hour.
The system is unable to save rating. Appears when the commanded operation is failed.The system is unable to save bookmark.
The system is unable to skip.
No data Appears when no data is availab Pandora activated.
U.S. models
359
360
uuError MessagesuPandora
Tro u
b lesh
o o
tin g
is not Update Pandora to the latest version.
ver is in Try again later.
le to Check your device.
eated Delete one or more created stations from Pandora app on the connected device.
rary Try again later.
evice Check your device.
evice service
Check your device.
e the
Solution
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 360
The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported. When safe, please update the app and try again later.
Appears when Pandora version supported.
PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try again later.
Appears when the Pandora ser maintenance.
The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please check your device.
Appears when Pandora is unab play music.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to PANDORA.
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100. To create more, please delete one or more previously created stations.
Appears when the number of cr stations reaches the limitation.
The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again.
Appears when there is a tempo error with the audio system.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Appears when your connected d has network problems.
When safe, please check your device. Appears when your connected d has anything problems by out of area etc.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. Music licensing restricts play in this area.
Appears when you try playing th Pandora in the country where service is not available.
Error Message Cause
uuError MessagesuSurround View Camera* Tro
u b
lesh o
o tin
g
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 361
Surround View Camera*
If an error message is displayed, contact a dealer.
361* Not available on all models
362
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 362
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 363
Reference Information
63
System Initialization ..............................364 Entering the Security Code....................364 Acquiring GPS Information....................364 Startup Confirmation Screen.................365 Map Matching ......................................365
System Limitations ................................366 GPS ......................................................366 Address Calculation ..............................366 Database ..............................................366
Client Assistance ....................................368 Resolving Problems ...............................368 Acura Client Relations Contact Information...368 Visiting Your Dealer ..............................368 Map Coverage ......................................369
3
Obtaining a Navigation Update ............ 369 Traffic Information ............................... 370 Operation in Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Mexico ...................................... 370
Legal Information ................................. 371 Copyrights ........................................... 371 Honda App License Agreement ............ 371 User Agreements ................................. 381 As required by the FCC ........................ 387 About Open Source Licenses ................ 387
364
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 364
System Initialization
The navigation system must be initialized if power to the navigation system is interrupted for any reason (e.g., the battery was disconnected).
Entering the Security Code In most cases, you do not need to enter a security code. Follow the steps to reactivate the system.
1. Set the power mode to ON, and turn on the audio system.
2. Press and hold the (Power) button for more than two seconds. u The system is reactivated when the
systems control unit recognizes that the system is in your vehicle.
If the control unit fails to recognize, you must go to a dealer and have the system checked.
Acquiring GPS Information Depending on the length of time the power was interrupted, your system may require GPS initialization.
If initialization is not necessary, the system proceeds directly to the Startup Confirmation screen. If the system fails to locate a sufficient number of satellites to locate your position within 10 minutes, the following screen is displayed.
If you are experiencing GPS reception problems:
2 GPS P. 366
uuSystem InitializationuStartup Confirmation Screen R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 365
Startup Confirmation Screen The Startup Confirmation screen is displayed when initialization has successfully completed. It is displayed every time you start your vehicle. Press to continue.
Map Matching Map matching is the process of using the acquired GPS information to locate your position on the map screen. If you are on a mapped road, the name of the road is displayed along the bottom of the map screen when map matching is completed. Do not enter a destination until the road name is displayed. The system may initially show your location on a different street (e.g., in urban areas where streets are close together), may show an incorrect elevation, or may delay the display of the vehicle position icon at intersections. This is normal; the system will correct itself while you drive.
365
366
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 366
System Limitations
GPS The signals received from the GPS satellites are extremely weak (less than a millionth of the strength of a local FM station) and require an unobstructed view of the sky. The GPS antenna is located in the dashboard. The signal reception can easily be interrupted or interfered with by the following: Metallic window tint on the front or side
windows Mobile phones, PDAs, or other electronic
devices docked in a cradle or lying loose on the dashboard
Remote starters or hidden vehicle tracking systems mounted near the navigation unit
Audio electronic devices mounted near the navigation unit
Trees, tall buildings, freeway/highway overpasses, tunnels, or overhead electrical power wires
GPS is operated by the U.S. Department of Defense. For security reasons, there are certain inaccuracies built into GPS for which the navigation system must constantly compensate. This can cause occasional
positioning errors of up to several hundred feet or tens of meters.
Address Calculation The destination icon shows only the approximate location of a destination address. This occurs if the number of possible addresses is different from the number of actual addresses on a block. For example, the address 1425 on a 1400 block with 100 possible addresses (because it is followed by the 1500 block) will be shown a quarter of the way down the block by the system. If there are only 25 actual addresses on the block, the actual location of address 1425 would be at the end of the block.
Database The digitized map database reflects conditions as they existed at various points in time before production. Accordingly, your database may contain inaccurate or incomplete data or information due to the passage of time, road construction, changing conditions, or other causes. For example, some places/landmarks may be missing when you search the database because the name was misspelled, the place was improperly categorized, or a place/ landmark is not yet in the database. This is also true for police stations, hospitals, and other public institutions. Do not rely on the navigation system if you need law enforcement or hospital services. Always check with local information sources. In addition, the map database contains verified and unverified areas. Unverified streets may be missing from the map, in the wrong location, or have an incorrect name or address range. A message will warn you if your route includes unverified streets. Exercise additional caution when driving in unverified areas.
uuSystem LimitationsuDatabase R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 367
The database does not include, analyze, process, consider, or reflect any of the following categories of information: Neighborhood quality or safety Population density Availability or proximity of law
enforcement Emergency, rescue, medical, or other
assistance Construction work, zones, or hazards Road and lane closures Legal restrictions (such as vehicular type,
weight, load, height, and speed restrictions)
Road slope or grade Bridge height, width, weight, or other
limits Traffic facilities safety Special events Pavement characteristics or conditions Every effort has been made to verify that the database is accurate. The number of inaccuracies you experience increases the longer you go without obtaining an updated map database.
2 Obtaining a Navigation Update P. 369
We assume no liability for any incident that may result from an error in the program, or from changed conditions not noted above.
367
368
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 368
Client Assistance
Resolving Problems If you run into a specific issue that you cannot resolve, consult the following help resources: For navigation system issues:
2 Troubleshooting P. 348
There are also FAQs available online at acuranavi.navigation.com/acura-na (U.S.) or www.acuranavi.ca (Canada).
For traffic-related issues: 2 Traffic P. 350
For reporting issues with the database or places/landmarks:
2 Visiting Your Dealer P. 368
Call Acura Client Relations. 2 Acura Client Relations Contact
Information P. 368
Acura Client Relations Contact Information Acura Navi American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Services Mail Stop 100-5E-8F 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Telephone: (800) 382-2238
Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, L6C 0H9, ON E-Mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com Telephone: (888) 9-ACURA-9 Hours: 8:00 am to 7:30 pm Monday to Friday (Eastern time)
Visiting Your Dealer If you have a question that you cannot resolve using the available help resources, you can consult a dealer. Please identify the specific issue (e.g., error occurs when you enter a specific address, when driving on a certain road, or just when its cold) so that the service technician can refer the issue to the factory so that a solution can be found. Be patient, the service technician may be unfamiliar with your specific issue.
uuClient AssistanceuMap Coverage R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 369
Map Coverage The navigation system provides map coverage for the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Mexico. The map coverage consists of accurately mapped (verified) metropolitan areas and a less accurate (unverified) rural database. Note that unverified areas are constantly being reviewed and converted to verified areas each year.
Map coverage update information is available from Acura Client Relations or online at acuranavi.navigation.com/acura- na (U.S.) or www.acuranavi.ca (Canada).
To find navigation system update information: 1. Visit the website. 2. Enter your vehicle model and model year. 3. The most current version of the Navi DVD
Update will be listed, or you will be asked for your Database version number.
Obtaining a Navigation Update Acura is continually expanding the scope of the navigation system. Navigation system software upgrades may be made available periodically, usually in the fall of each year. To purchase an update: 1. Obtain your vehicles VIN number and the
System/Device Information. 2 System Device Information P. 321
2. Call the Acura Navigation Disc Fulfillment Center at (888) 549-3798 or order online at acuranavi.navigation.com/acura-na (U.S.) or www.acuranavi.ca (Canada).
An update is not available from a dealer. However, the dealer may assist you in obtaining one for you out of courtesy. There is no program for free updates.
369
370
uuClient AssistanceuTraffic Information
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 370
Traffic Information Continuously updated traffic information is available in certain areas across the lower 48 U.S. states, Hawaii, and some cities in Canada.
Visit https://coverage.here.com/hd- coverage.html for a complete listing of coverage areas and other information.
Visit www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink/ navigation to find traffic information.
U.S. models
Canadian models
Operation in Alaska, Hawaii, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Mexico
All roads displayed on the map screens are verified roads. Information in this manual relating to unverified roads or areas is not applicable.
Entering a destination address or place/ landmark on another island may result in a screen caution message. This is because there are no ferry routes between islands in the database.
If Street Name Guidance is set to On, the street names will not be read out by voice guidance. This may change in a future data update.
Map Coverage
Address and Place Entry Screens
Puerto Rico and Mexico
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 371
Legal Information
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
Copyrights Infogroup-Data: Certain business data
provided by Infogroup 2011, All Rights Reserved.
EXIT-Data: ZENRIN CO., LTD. 2011. All rights reserved.
Building foot print: ZENRIN CO., LTD. 2011. All rights reserved.
Junction View Data: ZENRIN USA, INC. 2011. All rights reserved.
Brand icon: The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product.
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS AGREEMENT) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR VEHICLE) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE SERVICES). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (HONDA, US, WE, OR OUR), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO HONDA IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDAS PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD- PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A PROVIDER). REFERENCE TO A PROVIDER IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDERS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a DEALER). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, HONDA SERVICES); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, PROVIDER SERVICES), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
371Continued
372
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 372
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the HONDA TERMS). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation.
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDAs distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open- source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the PROVIDER TERMS). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any DOCUMENTATION). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT.
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 373
PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone elses use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source
code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or open-source software licenses.
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers.
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export
373Continued
374
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 374
Administration Regulations, as well as end- user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility Registration Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid drivers license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their
content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content.
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 375
6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDAs discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicles current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and
common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
375Continued
376
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 376
3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which
laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain . applications, and device numbers and contact information
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (VEHICLE INFORMATION) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power,
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 377
warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non- navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicles geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLESs multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLEs multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non- infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not
expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you.
377Continued
378
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 378
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent
permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or
partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 379
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLEs compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including limitation or but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES,
or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to
you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or
379Continued
380
uuLegal InformationuHonda App License Agreement
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 380
SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims,
disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. Claim means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. Claim does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation.
Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy,
uuLegal InformationuUser Agreements R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 381
assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDAs prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
User Agreements
In using this HDD Satellite Linked Navigation System (the HDD), which includes HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD. software, ALPINE ELECTRONICS, INC. software, and NAVTEQ database contents (hereinafter referred to as Licensors), you are bound by the terms and conditions set forth below. By using your copy of the HDD, you have expressed your Agreement to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. You should, therefore, make sure that you read and understand the following provisions. If for any reason you do not wish to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, please return the HDD to your dealer. The HDD may not be copied, duplicated,
or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, without the express written permission of the Licensors.
The HDD may not be transferred or sublicensed to any third party for profit, rent or loan, or licensed for reuse in any manner.
Navigation System User Agreement
381Continued
382
uuLegal InformationuUser Agreements
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 382
The HDD may not be decompiled, reverse engineered or otherwise disassembled, in whole or in part.
The HDD may not be used in a network or by any other manner of simultaneous use in multiple systems.
The HDD is intended solely for personal use (or internal use where the end-user is a business) by the consumer. The HDD is not to be used for commercial purposes.
The Licensors do not guarantee to the client that the functions included in the HDD meet the specific objectives of the user.
Licensor shall not be responsible for any damages caused by the use of the HDD to the actual user or to any third party.
The warranty on the HDD shall not extend to an exchange or refund due to misspelling, omission of letters, or any other cosmetic discrepancy in the contents of the HDD.
The right to use the HDD shall expire either when the user destroys the HDD or software, or when any of the terms of this Agreement are violated and the Licensors exercise the option to revoke the license to use the HDD or software.
The terms and conditions hereof apply to all subsequent users and owners as well as to the original purchaser.
The logos of oil companies, hotels, convenience stores, and other businesses are displayed for your information and convenience, and in no way imply any sponsorship, approval or endorsement of these companies, or their products. The logos are trademarks of their respective owners.
The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners.
The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product.
The user shall indemnify and save harmless the Licensors, and their officers, employees and agents, from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expense, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the HDD or software. Use, duplication, or disclosure of this HDD by or on behalf of the United States
government is subject to Restricted Rights as set forth at FAR 52.227-14, -19 or DFARS 252.227-7013, as applicable. Manufacturers are the Licensors, including HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD., 2-1-1 Minami Aoyama Minato-Ku Tokyo 107-8556 JAPAN., Alpine Electronics, Inc., 20-1 Yoshima Kogyodanchi, Iwaki, Fukushima 970-1192 JAPAN., NAVTEQ Corporation, 425 W Randolph St. Chicago, IL 60606, USA.
You have acquired a device (DEVICE) that includes software licensed by Alpine Electronics, Inc. (collectively ALPINE) from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation (collectively MS). Those installed software products of MS origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and online or electronic documentation (SOFTWARE) are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA), DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE
Navigation System END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
uuLegal InformationuUser Agreements R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 383
INSTEAD, PROMPTLY CONTACT ALPINE FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON RETURN OF THE UNUSED DEVICE(S) FOR A REFUND. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT). GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE
This EULA grants you the following license: You may use the SOFTWARE only on the DEVICE.
NOT FAULT TOLERANT THE SOFTWARE IS NOT FAULT TOLERANT. ALPINE HAS INDEPENDENTLY DETERMINED HOW TO USE THE SOFTWARE IN THE DEVICE, AND MS HAS RELIED UPON ALPINE TO CONDUCT SUFFICIENT TESTING TO DETERMINE THAT THE SOFTWARE IS SUITABLE FOR SUCH USE.
NO WARRANTIES FOR THE SOFTWARE THE SOFTWARE is provided AS IS and with all faults. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY, AND EFFORT (INCLUDING LACK OF NEGLIGENCE) IS WITH YOU. ALSO, THERE IS NO WARRANTY AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT OF THE SOFTWARE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT. IF YOU HAVE RECEIVED ANY WARRANTIES REGARDING THE DEVICE OR SOFTWARE THOSE WARRANTIES DO NOT ORIGINATE FROM, AND ARE NOT BINDING ON, MS.
NO LIABILITY FOR CERTAIN DAMAGES. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.$250.00).
SPEECH RECOGNITION If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the
process. Neither ALPINE nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
LIMITATIONS ON REVERSE ENGINEERING, DECOMPILATION, AND DISASSEMBLY You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
ADDITIONAL SOFTWARE/SERVICES The SOFTWARE may permit ALPINE, MS, Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add- on components, or Internet-base service components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE (Supplemental Components). u If ALPINE provides or makes available
to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply.
383Continued
384
uuLegal InformationuUser Agreements
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 384
u If MS, Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates make available Supplemental Components, and no other EULA terms are provided, then the terms of this EULA shall apply, except that MS, Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component(s) shall be licensor of the Supplemental Component(s).
u ALPINE, MS, Microsoft Corporation and their affiliates reserve the right to discontinue any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE.
RECOVERY MEDIA If SOFTWARE is provided by ALPINE on separate media and labeled Recovery Media you may use the Recovery Media solely to restore or reinstall the SOFTWARE originally installed on the DEVICE.
UPGRADES If the SOFTWARE is provided by ALPINE separate from the DEVICE on separate media or via web download or other means, and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the
DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE.
TERMINATION Without prejudice to any other rights, ALPINE or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA. In such event, you must destroy all copies of the SOFTWARE and all of its component parts.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and applets, incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation.
TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of ALPINE MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates or suppliers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS, its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation, or their affiliates or subsidiaries. For product support, please refer to ALPINE support number
uuLegal InformationuUser Agreements R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 385
provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact ALPINE for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE.
SOFTWARE TRANSFER ALLOWED BUT WITH RESTRICTIONS You may permanently transfer rights under this EULA only as part of a permanent sale or transfer of the Device, and only if the recipient agrees to this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must also include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that SOFTWARE is of US-origin. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and country destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. For additional information on exporting the SOFTWARE, see http:// www.microsoft.com/exporting/.
Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For more information, visit www.gracenote.com. When music is recorded to the HDD from a CD, information such as the recording artist and track name are retrieved from the Gracenote Database and displayed (when available). Gracenote may not contain information for all albums. Gracenote is an internet-based music recognition service that allows artist, album, and track information from CDs to display on the HDD. Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates a year. More information about Gracenote, its features, and downloads are available at www.honda.com (in U.S.) or www.honda.ca (in Canada).
Gracenote Music Recognition Service (CDDB)
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright 2000 to present Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned by Gracenote apply to this product and service. See the Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the Powered by Gracenote logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and/or other countries.
This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California (Gracenote). The software from Gracenote (the Gracenote Software) enables this application to perform disc and/or file identification and obtain music- related information, including name, artist, track, and title information (Gracenote Data) from online servers or embedded databases (collectively, Gracenote Servers) and to perform other
Gracenote END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
385Continued
386
uuLegal InformationuUser Agreements
R eferen
ce In fo
rm atio
n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 386
functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions or this application or device. You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non- commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce
its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name. The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service. The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS. Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error- free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in
the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time. GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES. copyright 2000 to present Gracenote
uuLegal InformationuAs required by the FCC R
eferen ce In
fo rm
atio n
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 387
As required by the FCC 1. This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and Canadian RSS-210/ RSSGen. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
2. The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this device that are not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance may void the users authority to operate the equipment.
3. This product emits radio frequency energy, but the radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC and IC radio frequency exposure limits. This equipment complies with FCC and IC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact with the antenna during normal operation is minimized.
About Open Source Licenses
About the software license of the product The software installed in the product contains open source software. See the following Alpine website for details on the open source software. http://www.alpine.com/h/e/oss/download/
Important information on the software
387
388
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 388
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 389
Voice Commands
89
Voice Commands .................................. 390 Voice Portal Screen .............................. 390 Navigation Commands for Find Nearest..... 391
390
V o
ice C o
m m
an d
s
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 390
Voice Commands
Voice Portal Screen
When the (Talk) button is pressed, available voice commands appear on the screen. For a complete list of commands, say Voice Help after the beep.
*1: U.S. models only
The screen changes the navigation screen. Address (English only)*1
Place Name (English only)*1
Find Nearest Go Home Previous Destination Back Cancel
When the system recognizes the Audio command, the screen will change the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the audio.
Tune to FM <87.7-107.9> Tune to AM <530-1710> SiriusXM Channel <0-999> SiriusXM <0-999> More Back Cancel Play Artist
Navigation
Audio
Play
This can be only used when the phone is connected. When the system recognizes the Phone command, the screen will change the dedicated screen for the voice recognition of the phone.
Dial by Number Redial Back Cancel Call
Phone
uuVoice CommandsuNavigation Commands for Find Nearest V
o ice C
o m
m an
d s
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 391
Dial
Phone commands are not available if using Apple CarPlay.
You can see a list of the available commands on the screen.
Phone Commands Audio Commands Navigation Commands Voice Settings Voice Recognition Guide
Voice Help
Navigation Commands for Find Nearest The system accepts these commands on the Find Nearest screen in Navigation.
Find Nearest (specify place): Fuel Auto All Types Fuel Auto ACURA Dealers HONDA Dealers Gas Station Hydrogen Station Auto Parts & Electronics Auto Repair & Maintenance Car Wash & Detailing Motorcycle Dealers Other Car Dealers Roadside Assistance ATM Bank All Types ATM Bank ATM Bank Check Cashing Currency Exchange Lodging
Find Place Commands
All Types Lodging Bed & Breakfast Hotel Resort Recreation All Types Recreation Amusement Park Golf Course Historical Monument Marina Movie Theater Museum Park Performing Arts Sports Complex Tourist Attraction Community All Types Community Business City Hall Civic Center Convention Center Court House Higher Education Library Post Office School Restaurant
391Continued
392
uuVoice CommandsuNavigation Commands for Find Nearest
V o
ice C o
m m
an d
s
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 392
All Types Restaurant American Restaurant Californian Restaurant Chinese Restaurant Coffee Shop Continental Restaurant Fast Food French Restaurant German Restaurant Greek Restaurant Indian Restaurant Italian Restaurant Japanese Restaurant Korean Restaurant Mexican Restaurant Pizza Seafood Restaurant Thai Restaurant Vegetarian Restaurant Vietnamese Restaurant Other Restaurant Travel All Types Travel Airport Automobile Club Bus Station Camping Commuter Rail Station
Ferry Terminal Named Place Park & Ride Parking Garage Parking Lot Rental Car Agency Rest Area Ski Area Tourist Information Train Station Travel Agency Truck Stop Shopping All Types Shopping Accessory Store Book Store Clothing Store Grocery Store Home Improvement Store Mall Office Supply Store Pharmacy Pet Food Store Sewing Store Shoe Store Sporting Goods Store Toy Store Emergency
All Types Emergency Hospital Police Station Veterinarian
Index
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 393
Index
In d
ex
Numbers 3D Angle Adjustment ................................ 73
A Acura Client Relations ............................. 368 AcuraLink Message .................................. 313 AcuraLink Subscription Status................. 317 AcuraLink................................................ 308 Address ..................................................... 116
Address Book............................................ 38 Avoided Area............................................ 56
Address Book Editing Address Book ................................ 38 Setting Destination ................................. 123
Address Book PIN ....................................... 45 Audio
On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ................. 5 Remote Control ...................................... 186 Settings .................................................. 188
Audio Menu Bluetooth Audio ................................... 249 Disc ........................................................ 210 FM/AM Radio.......................................... 191 HDD ....................................................... 217 Internet Radio ......................................... 240 iPod ........................................................ 230 SiriusXM Radio...................................... 196 USB Flash drive ....................................... 243
Audio System Theft Protection ...................................... 184 USB Port ................................................. 183
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Customize ............................................... 100
AUX Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 184
Avoid Streets............................................. 175 Avoided Area .............................................. 56
B Black Level .................................................. 26 Bluetooth Audio
Playing .................................................... 249 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ..................... 264
Importing Phonebook Data...................... 273 Making a Call .......................................... 287 Pairing a Phone ....................................... 267 Phone Settings ........................................ 282 Receiving a Call ....................................... 293 Setting Up Speed Dialing ......................... 274
Brightness ................................................... 26
C Calculating the Route .............................. 139 Call History ................................................ 291 Cancel Route ............................................. 163 Category
Address Book ............................................ 38 Setting Destination .................................. 125
Category History ......................................... 47 Change Province ....................................... 117 Change State ............................................ 117
Changing Your Destination..................... 176 Changing Your Route .............................. 162 City ............................................................ 119 Client Assistance....................................... 368 Clock Adjustment ....................................... 28 Color............................................................ 69 Continue Trip............................................ 179 Contrast ...................................................... 26 Coordinate................................................ 138 Correct Vehicle Position............................. 77 Current Location ...................................... 152 Current Position
Address Book............................................ 38 Select using Map..................................... 136
Customized Features.................................. 78
D Data Reset................................................. 111 Day Mode
Color......................................................... 69 Switching Display Mode ............................ 70
Delete Tracking .......................................... 76 Destination List
Adding Waypoint .................................... 164 Editing .................................................... 170
Detour....................................................... 175 Dial ............................................................ 289 Directions.................................................. 157 Disc
Playing .................................................... 210 Display Tracking ......................................... 75
393
394
In d
ex
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 394
Driving..................................................... 146 Download POI
Editing Category........................................ 48 Importing Category ................................... 48 Setting Destination .................................. 133
Driving to Your Destination..................... 142
E Edit Go Home.............................................. 44 Edit POI Search Radius Along Route ......... 55 ENTER/MENU Button .................................... 7
Changing Route ...................................... 162 Entering a Destination ............................. 114
Error Messages.......................................... 355 CD Player................................................. 356 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ................... 357 iPod/USB Flash Drive ................................ 358 Navigation System ................................... 355 Pandora ................................................. 359
Estimated Time ........................................... 64 Exit Info ..................................................... 158
F Find Nearest Place .................................... 176 FM/AM Radio
Playing..................................................... 191 Folder List
Disc ......................................................... 212 USB Flash Drive................................ 246, 251
G Go Home..................................................... 11 Go Home PIN .............................................. 45 Gracenote Info. Update ........................... 228 Guidance (Navigation Settings)................. 58 Guidance Mode .......................................... 59 Guidance Point ........................................... 63
H HDD
Playing .................................................... 217 Home Address ...................................... 11, 44 House Number.......................................... 122
I Import Phonebook Data .......................... 273 Interface Dial ................................................ 7 Interface Settings ....................................... 26 Intersection............................................... 135 iPod
Connecting, Disconnecting...................... 230 Playing .................................................... 230
L Language Settings...................................... 34 Legal Information .................................... 371 Lodging (Place Category)......................... 125
M Map (Navigation Settings) ........................ 65 Map Data Update
Checking Version.................................... 321 Obtaining Update Data ........................... 369
Map Legend ......................................... 9, 153 Map Screen............................................... 142
Changing View ......................................... 72 Icon .................................................... 9, 155 Scale....................................................... 154
Map/Route Menu ..................................... 149 Microphone .............................................. 264 Music Search
Disc ........................................................ 212 HDD ....................................................... 223 iPod ........................................................ 234 Song By Voice......................................... 237 USB ........................................................ 246
N NAV Button .......................................... 10, 59 Navigation Menu (Destination) .............. 114 Navigation Menu (Route Option) ........... 162 Navigation Screen Settings ....................... 26 Night Mode
Color ........................................................ 69 Switching Display Mode............................ 70
Non-map Screens ....................................... 62
In d
ex
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 395
O On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM
Basic Operation........................................... 5 Customizing Audio Source...................... 185 Screen Settings ....................................... 112 Sound..................................................... 190
P Pairing a Phone ........................................ 267 Pandora .................................................. 241 Personal Information ................................. 37 PHONE Button.......................................... 264 Phone Settings ......................................... 282 Phonebook
Importing................................................ 273 Making a Call ......................................... 288
PIN Numbers............................................... 45 Place Category
Address Book............................................ 38 Setting Destination ................................. 125
Place Name Address Book............................................ 38 Setting Destination ................................. 129
Place Phone Number Address Book............................................ 38 Setting Destination ................................. 132
Postal Code............................................... 118 Previous Destinations
Address Book............................................ 38 Deleting.................................................... 46 Setting Destination ................................. 124
R Radio
FM/AM.................................................... 191 SiriusXM ................................................ 196
Rearview Camera...................................... 323 Resuming Your Trip.................................. 179 Roadside Assistance.................................. 302 Route Preference ........................................ 50 Routing ....................................................... 49
S Scan
SiriusXM Radio ...................................... 207 Scenic Route.............................................. 134 Search Along............................................. 165 Search Around .......................................... 165 Search by Name ........................................ 126
Place Category ........................................ 125 Search Nearby ........................................... 176 Security PIN Code ..................................... 364 Select using Map
Setting Destination .................................. 136 SETTINGS Button .......................................... 4 Show Icon on Map...................................... 67 Siri Eyes Free ............................................ 25 SiriusXM Radio
Playing .................................................... 196 Song By VoiceTM
Searching Music ...................................... 237 Setting .................................................... 236
Sort by Distance to Travel ........................ 125
Sound and Beep Settings........................... 27 Sound Setup ............................................. 190 SOURCE Button ........................................ 186 Speed Dial
Making a Call.......................................... 292 Registering .............................................. 275
Start-up ....................................................... 20 Steering Wheel Controls.......................... 186 Straight Line Guide .................................... 74 Street......................................................... 120 Street Name Guidance ............................... 61 Surround View Camera............................ 322 System Device Information...................... 321 System Initialization................................. 364 System Limitations ................................... 366
T Text/E-mail Message................................. 295 Traffic Incidents........................................ 160 Traffic List ................................................. 160 Traffic Rerouting ...................................... 159
Auto Reroute .......................................... 159 Navigation Settings ................................... 54
Trip Computer .......................................... 320 Troubleshooting......................... 16, 344, 348
U Unit Settings ............................................... 33 Unverified Routing..................................... 52
395
396
In d
ex
20 ACURA TLX NAVI-31TZ38500.book 396
Update System Software Obtaining Update Data............................ 369
USB Flash Drive Connecting, Disconnecting ...................... 243 Playing..................................................... 243
USB Port .................................................... 183
V View (Navigation Settings) ........................ 72 View Routes .............................................. 141 Viewing the Routes .................................. 141 Voice
Map Menu .............................................. 147 Voice Commands
Voice Commands List .............................. 390 Voice Control System................................. 22 Voice Help ................................................. 15
Voice Control Operation Basic Operation ........................................... 6 Voice Portal ................................................. 6
Voice Recognition Settings ........................ 24 Voice Tag
Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 277 Registering a Voice Tag to a Speed Dial Entry...................................................... 275
Volume HFL Buttons ............................................. 264 Left Selector Wheel.................................. 187 Map/Route Menu .................................... 149 Sound and Beep Settings ........................... 27 Voice Recognition Settings......................... 24
W Wallpaper Settings ..................................... 30 Waypoint
Adding.................................................... 164 Editing .................................................... 170
Z Zip Code .................................................... 118
Related manuals for Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the TLX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Navigation Manual for Acura TLX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Navigation Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura TLX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura TLX 2020 Sedan Navigation Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.